LCOV - differential code coverage report
Current view: top level - src/backend/postmaster - postmaster.c (source / functions) Coverage Total Hit UNC UBC GBC GNC CBC DCB
Current: a2387c32f2f8a1643c7d71b951587e6bcb2d4744 vs 371a302eecdc82274b0ae2967d18fd726a0aa6a1 Lines: 77.2 % 1220 942 2 276 6 936 3
Current Date: 2025-10-26 12:31:50 -0700 Functions: 94.2 % 52 49 3 2 47
Baseline: lcov-20251027-010456-baseline Branches: 63.1 % 1089 687 5 397 2 5 680
Baseline Date: 2025-10-26 11:01:32 +1300 Line coverage date bins:
Legend: Lines:     hit not hit
Branches: + taken - not taken # not executed
(1,7] days: 83.3 % 6 5 1 5
(30,360] days: 84.8 % 389 330 1 58 1 329
(360..) days: 73.6 % 825 607 218 607
Function coverage date bins:
(30,360] days: 100.0 % 19 19 19
(360..) days: 90.9 % 33 30 3 2 28
Branch coverage date bins:
(1,7] days: 50.0 % 4 2 2 2
(30,360] days: 72.1 % 369 266 3 100 3 263
(360..) days: 58.5 % 716 419 297 2 417

 Age         Owner                    Branch data    TLA  Line data    Source code
                                  1                 :                : /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  2                 :                :  *
                                  3                 :                :  * postmaster.c
                                  4                 :                :  *    This program acts as a clearing house for requests to the
                                  5                 :                :  *    POSTGRES system.  Frontend programs connect to the Postmaster,
                                  6                 :                :  *    and postmaster forks a new backend process to handle the
                                  7                 :                :  *    connection.
                                  8                 :                :  *
                                  9                 :                :  *    The postmaster also manages system-wide operations such as
                                 10                 :                :  *    startup and shutdown. The postmaster itself doesn't do those
                                 11                 :                :  *    operations, mind you --- it just forks off a subprocess to do them
                                 12                 :                :  *    at the right times.  It also takes care of resetting the system
                                 13                 :                :  *    if a backend crashes.
                                 14                 :                :  *
                                 15                 :                :  *    The postmaster process creates the shared memory and semaphore
                                 16                 :                :  *    pools during startup, but as a rule does not touch them itself.
                                 17                 :                :  *    In particular, it is not a member of the PGPROC array of backends
                                 18                 :                :  *    and so it cannot participate in lock-manager operations.  Keeping
                                 19                 :                :  *    the postmaster away from shared memory operations makes it simpler
                                 20                 :                :  *    and more reliable.  The postmaster is almost always able to recover
                                 21                 :                :  *    from crashes of individual backends by resetting shared memory;
                                 22                 :                :  *    if it did much with shared memory then it would be prone to crashing
                                 23                 :                :  *    along with the backends.
                                 24                 :                :  *
                                 25                 :                :  *    When a request message is received, we now fork() immediately.
                                 26                 :                :  *    The child process performs authentication of the request, and
                                 27                 :                :  *    then becomes a backend if successful.  This allows the auth code
                                 28                 :                :  *    to be written in a simple single-threaded style (as opposed to the
                                 29                 :                :  *    crufty "poor man's multitasking" code that used to be needed).
                                 30                 :                :  *    More importantly, it ensures that blockages in non-multithreaded
                                 31                 :                :  *    libraries like SSL or PAM cannot cause denial of service to other
                                 32                 :                :  *    clients.
                                 33                 :                :  *
                                 34                 :                :  *
                                 35                 :                :  * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2025, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
                                 36                 :                :  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
                                 37                 :                :  *
                                 38                 :                :  *
                                 39                 :                :  * IDENTIFICATION
                                 40                 :                :  *    src/backend/postmaster/postmaster.c
                                 41                 :                :  *
                                 42                 :                :  * NOTES
                                 43                 :                :  *
                                 44                 :                :  * Initialization:
                                 45                 :                :  *      The Postmaster sets up shared memory data structures
                                 46                 :                :  *      for the backends.
                                 47                 :                :  *
                                 48                 :                :  * Synchronization:
                                 49                 :                :  *      The Postmaster shares memory with the backends but should avoid
                                 50                 :                :  *      touching shared memory, so as not to become stuck if a crashing
                                 51                 :                :  *      backend screws up locks or shared memory.  Likewise, the Postmaster
                                 52                 :                :  *      should never block on messages from frontend clients.
                                 53                 :                :  *
                                 54                 :                :  * Garbage Collection:
                                 55                 :                :  *      The Postmaster cleans up after backends if they have an emergency
                                 56                 :                :  *      exit and/or core dump.
                                 57                 :                :  *
                                 58                 :                :  * Error Reporting:
                                 59                 :                :  *      Use write_stderr() only for reporting "interactive" errors
                                 60                 :                :  *      (essentially, bogus arguments on the command line).  Once the
                                 61                 :                :  *      postmaster is launched, use ereport().
                                 62                 :                :  *
                                 63                 :                :  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 64                 :                :  */
                                 65                 :                : 
                                 66                 :                : #include "postgres.h"
                                 67                 :                : 
                                 68                 :                : #include <unistd.h>
                                 69                 :                : #include <signal.h>
                                 70                 :                : #include <time.h>
                                 71                 :                : #include <sys/wait.h>
                                 72                 :                : #include <ctype.h>
                                 73                 :                : #include <sys/stat.h>
                                 74                 :                : #include <sys/socket.h>
                                 75                 :                : #include <fcntl.h>
                                 76                 :                : #include <sys/param.h>
                                 77                 :                : #include <netdb.h>
                                 78                 :                : #include <limits.h>
                                 79                 :                : 
                                 80                 :                : #ifdef USE_BONJOUR
                                 81                 :                : #include <dns_sd.h>
                                 82                 :                : #endif
                                 83                 :                : 
                                 84                 :                : #ifdef USE_SYSTEMD
                                 85                 :                : #include <systemd/sd-daemon.h>
                                 86                 :                : #endif
                                 87                 :                : 
                                 88                 :                : #ifdef HAVE_PTHREAD_IS_THREADED_NP
                                 89                 :                : #include <pthread.h>
                                 90                 :                : #endif
                                 91                 :                : 
                                 92                 :                : #include "access/xlog.h"
                                 93                 :                : #include "access/xlog_internal.h"
                                 94                 :                : #include "access/xlogrecovery.h"
                                 95                 :                : #include "common/file_perm.h"
                                 96                 :                : #include "common/pg_prng.h"
                                 97                 :                : #include "lib/ilist.h"
                                 98                 :                : #include "libpq/libpq.h"
                                 99                 :                : #include "libpq/pqsignal.h"
                                100                 :                : #include "pg_getopt.h"
                                101                 :                : #include "pgstat.h"
                                102                 :                : #include "port/pg_bswap.h"
                                103                 :                : #include "postmaster/autovacuum.h"
                                104                 :                : #include "postmaster/bgworker_internals.h"
                                105                 :                : #include "postmaster/pgarch.h"
                                106                 :                : #include "postmaster/postmaster.h"
                                107                 :                : #include "postmaster/syslogger.h"
                                108                 :                : #include "postmaster/walsummarizer.h"
                                109                 :                : #include "replication/logicallauncher.h"
                                110                 :                : #include "replication/slotsync.h"
                                111                 :                : #include "replication/walsender.h"
                                112                 :                : #include "storage/aio_subsys.h"
                                113                 :                : #include "storage/fd.h"
                                114                 :                : #include "storage/io_worker.h"
                                115                 :                : #include "storage/ipc.h"
                                116                 :                : #include "storage/pmsignal.h"
                                117                 :                : #include "storage/proc.h"
                                118                 :                : #include "tcop/backend_startup.h"
                                119                 :                : #include "tcop/tcopprot.h"
                                120                 :                : #include "utils/datetime.h"
                                121                 :                : #include "utils/memutils.h"
                                122                 :                : #include "utils/pidfile.h"
                                123                 :                : #include "utils/timestamp.h"
                                124                 :                : #include "utils/varlena.h"
                                125                 :                : 
                                126                 :                : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
                                127                 :                : #include "common/file_utils.h"
                                128                 :                : #include "storage/pg_shmem.h"
                                129                 :                : #endif
                                130                 :                : 
                                131                 :                : 
                                132                 :                : /*
                                133                 :                :  * CountChildren and SignalChildren take a bitmask argument to represent
                                134                 :                :  * BackendTypes to count or signal.  Define a separate type and functions to
                                135                 :                :  * work with the bitmasks, to avoid accidentally passing a plain BackendType
                                136                 :                :  * in place of a bitmask or vice versa.
                                137                 :                :  */
                                138                 :                : typedef struct
                                139                 :                : {
                                140                 :                :     uint32      mask;
                                141                 :                : } BackendTypeMask;
                                142                 :                : 
                                143                 :                : StaticAssertDecl(BACKEND_NUM_TYPES < 32, "too many backend types for uint32");
                                144                 :                : 
                                145                 :                : static const BackendTypeMask BTYPE_MASK_ALL = {(1 << BACKEND_NUM_TYPES) - 1};
                                146                 :                : static const BackendTypeMask BTYPE_MASK_NONE = {0};
                                147                 :                : 
                                148                 :                : static inline BackendTypeMask
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i      149                 :CBC        1442 : btmask(BackendType t)
                                150                 :                : {
                                151                 :           1442 :     BackendTypeMask mask = {.mask = 1 << t};
                                152                 :                : 
                                153                 :           1442 :     return mask;
                                154                 :                : }
                                155                 :                : 
                                156                 :                : static inline BackendTypeMask
  290 andres@anarazel.de        157                 :          29522 : btmask_add_n(BackendTypeMask mask, int nargs, BackendType *t)
                                158                 :                : {
                                159         [ +  + ]:         119842 :     for (int i = 0; i < nargs; i++)
                                160                 :          90320 :         mask.mask |= 1 << t[i];
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i      161                 :          29522 :     return mask;
                                162                 :                : }
                                163                 :                : 
                                164                 :                : #define btmask_add(mask, ...) \
                                165                 :                :     btmask_add_n(mask, \
                                166                 :                :         lengthof(((BackendType[]){__VA_ARGS__})), \
                                167                 :                :         (BackendType[]){__VA_ARGS__} \
                                168                 :                :     )
                                169                 :                : 
                                170                 :                : static inline BackendTypeMask
                                171                 :           4012 : btmask_del(BackendTypeMask mask, BackendType t)
                                172                 :                : {
                                173                 :           4012 :     mask.mask &= ~(1 << t);
                                174                 :           4012 :     return mask;
                                175                 :                : }
                                176                 :                : 
                                177                 :                : static inline BackendTypeMask
  290 andres@anarazel.de        178                 :           2359 : btmask_all_except_n(int nargs, BackendType *t)
                                179                 :                : {
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i      180                 :           2359 :     BackendTypeMask mask = BTYPE_MASK_ALL;
                                181                 :                : 
  290 andres@anarazel.de        182         [ +  + ]:           6371 :     for (int i = 0; i < nargs; i++)
                                183                 :           4012 :         mask = btmask_del(mask, t[i]);
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i      184                 :           2359 :     return mask;
                                185                 :                : }
                                186                 :                : 
                                187                 :                : #define btmask_all_except(...) \
                                188                 :                :     btmask_all_except_n( \
                                189                 :                :         lengthof(((BackendType[]){__VA_ARGS__})), \
                                190                 :                :         (BackendType[]){__VA_ARGS__} \
                                191                 :                :     )
                                192                 :                : 
                                193                 :                : static inline bool
                                194                 :         128259 : btmask_contains(BackendTypeMask mask, BackendType t)
                                195                 :                : {
                                196                 :         128259 :     return (mask.mask & (1 << t)) != 0;
                                197                 :                : }
                                198                 :                : 
                                199                 :                : 
                                200                 :                : BackgroundWorker *MyBgworkerEntry = NULL;
                                201                 :                : 
                                202                 :                : /* The socket number we are listening for connections on */
                                203                 :                : int         PostPortNumber = DEF_PGPORT;
                                204                 :                : 
                                205                 :                : /* The directory names for Unix socket(s) */
                                206                 :                : char       *Unix_socket_directories;
                                207                 :                : 
                                208                 :                : /* The TCP listen address(es) */
                                209                 :                : char       *ListenAddresses;
                                210                 :                : 
                                211                 :                : /*
                                212                 :                :  * SuperuserReservedConnections is the number of backends reserved for
                                213                 :                :  * superuser use, and ReservedConnections is the number of backends reserved
                                214                 :                :  * for use by roles with privileges of the pg_use_reserved_connections
                                215                 :                :  * predefined role.  These are taken out of the pool of MaxConnections backend
                                216                 :                :  * slots, so the number of backend slots available for roles that are neither
                                217                 :                :  * superuser nor have privileges of pg_use_reserved_connections is
                                218                 :                :  * (MaxConnections - SuperuserReservedConnections - ReservedConnections).
                                219                 :                :  *
                                220                 :                :  * If the number of remaining slots is less than or equal to
                                221                 :                :  * SuperuserReservedConnections, only superusers can make new connections.  If
                                222                 :                :  * the number of remaining slots is greater than SuperuserReservedConnections
                                223                 :                :  * but less than or equal to
                                224                 :                :  * (SuperuserReservedConnections + ReservedConnections), only superusers and
                                225                 :                :  * roles with privileges of pg_use_reserved_connections can make new
                                226                 :                :  * connections.  Note that pre-existing superuser and
                                227                 :                :  * pg_use_reserved_connections connections don't count against the limits.
                                228                 :                :  */
                                229                 :                : int         SuperuserReservedConnections;
                                230                 :                : int         ReservedConnections;
                                231                 :                : 
                                232                 :                : /* The socket(s) we're listening to. */
                                233                 :                : #define MAXLISTEN   64
                                234                 :                : static int  NumListenSockets = 0;
                                235                 :                : static pgsocket *ListenSockets = NULL;
                                236                 :                : 
                                237                 :                : /* still more option variables */
                                238                 :                : bool        EnableSSL = false;
                                239                 :                : 
                                240                 :                : int         PreAuthDelay = 0;
                                241                 :                : int         AuthenticationTimeout = 60;
                                242                 :                : 
                                243                 :                : bool        log_hostname;       /* for ps display and logging */
                                244                 :                : 
                                245                 :                : bool        enable_bonjour = false;
                                246                 :                : char       *bonjour_name;
                                247                 :                : bool        restart_after_crash = true;
                                248                 :                : bool        remove_temp_files_after_crash = true;
                                249                 :                : 
                                250                 :                : /*
                                251                 :                :  * When terminating child processes after fatal errors, like a crash of a
                                252                 :                :  * child process, we normally send SIGQUIT -- and most other comments in this
                                253                 :                :  * file are written on the assumption that we do -- but developers might
                                254                 :                :  * prefer to use SIGABRT to collect per-child core dumps.
                                255                 :                :  */
                                256                 :                : bool        send_abort_for_crash = false;
                                257                 :                : bool        send_abort_for_kill = false;
                                258                 :                : 
                                259                 :                : /* special child processes; NULL when not running */
                                260                 :                : static PMChild *StartupPMChild = NULL,
                                261                 :                :            *BgWriterPMChild = NULL,
                                262                 :                :            *CheckpointerPMChild = NULL,
                                263                 :                :            *WalWriterPMChild = NULL,
                                264                 :                :            *WalReceiverPMChild = NULL,
                                265                 :                :            *WalSummarizerPMChild = NULL,
                                266                 :                :            *AutoVacLauncherPMChild = NULL,
                                267                 :                :            *PgArchPMChild = NULL,
                                268                 :                :            *SysLoggerPMChild = NULL,
                                269                 :                :            *SlotSyncWorkerPMChild = NULL;
                                270                 :                : 
                                271                 :                : /* Startup process's status */
                                272                 :                : typedef enum
                                273                 :                : {
                                274                 :                :     STARTUP_NOT_RUNNING,
                                275                 :                :     STARTUP_RUNNING,
                                276                 :                :     STARTUP_SIGNALED,           /* we sent it a SIGQUIT or SIGKILL */
                                277                 :                :     STARTUP_CRASHED,
                                278                 :                : } StartupStatusEnum;
                                279                 :                : 
                                280                 :                : static StartupStatusEnum StartupStatus = STARTUP_NOT_RUNNING;
                                281                 :                : 
                                282                 :                : /* Startup/shutdown state */
                                283                 :                : #define         NoShutdown      0
                                284                 :                : #define         SmartShutdown   1
                                285                 :                : #define         FastShutdown    2
                                286                 :                : #define         ImmediateShutdown   3
                                287                 :                : 
                                288                 :                : static int  Shutdown = NoShutdown;
                                289                 :                : 
                                290                 :                : static bool FatalError = false; /* T if recovering from backend crash */
                                291                 :                : 
                                292                 :                : /*
                                293                 :                :  * We use a simple state machine to control startup, shutdown, and
                                294                 :                :  * crash recovery (which is rather like shutdown followed by startup).
                                295                 :                :  *
                                296                 :                :  * After doing all the postmaster initialization work, we enter PM_STARTUP
                                297                 :                :  * state and the startup process is launched. The startup process begins by
                                298                 :                :  * reading the control file and other preliminary initialization steps.
                                299                 :                :  * In a normal startup, or after crash recovery, the startup process exits
                                300                 :                :  * with exit code 0 and we switch to PM_RUN state.  However, archive recovery
                                301                 :                :  * is handled specially since it takes much longer and we would like to support
                                302                 :                :  * hot standby during archive recovery.
                                303                 :                :  *
                                304                 :                :  * When the startup process is ready to start archive recovery, it signals the
                                305                 :                :  * postmaster, and we switch to PM_RECOVERY state. The background writer and
                                306                 :                :  * checkpointer are launched, while the startup process continues applying WAL.
                                307                 :                :  * If Hot Standby is enabled, then, after reaching a consistent point in WAL
                                308                 :                :  * redo, startup process signals us again, and we switch to PM_HOT_STANDBY
                                309                 :                :  * state and begin accepting connections to perform read-only queries.  When
                                310                 :                :  * archive recovery is finished, the startup process exits with exit code 0
                                311                 :                :  * and we switch to PM_RUN state.
                                312                 :                :  *
                                313                 :                :  * Normal child backends can only be launched when we are in PM_RUN or
                                314                 :                :  * PM_HOT_STANDBY state.  (connsAllowed can also restrict launching.)
                                315                 :                :  * In other states we handle connection requests by launching "dead-end"
                                316                 :                :  * child processes, which will simply send the client an error message and
                                317                 :                :  * quit.  (We track these in the ActiveChildList so that we can know when they
                                318                 :                :  * are all gone; this is important because they're still connected to shared
                                319                 :                :  * memory, and would interfere with an attempt to destroy the shmem segment,
                                320                 :                :  * possibly leading to SHMALL failure when we try to make a new one.)
                                321                 :                :  * In PM_WAIT_DEAD_END state we are waiting for all the dead-end children
                                322                 :                :  * to drain out of the system, and therefore stop accepting connection
                                323                 :                :  * requests at all until the last existing child has quit (which hopefully
                                324                 :                :  * will not be very long).
                                325                 :                :  *
                                326                 :                :  * Notice that this state variable does not distinguish *why* we entered
                                327                 :                :  * states later than PM_RUN --- Shutdown and FatalError must be consulted
                                328                 :                :  * to find that out.  FatalError is never true in PM_RECOVERY, PM_HOT_STANDBY,
                                329                 :                :  * or PM_RUN states, nor in PM_WAIT_XLOG_SHUTDOWN states (because we don't
                                330                 :                :  * enter those states when trying to recover from a crash).  It can be true in
                                331                 :                :  * PM_STARTUP state, because we don't clear it until we've successfully
                                332                 :                :  * started WAL redo.
                                333                 :                :  */
                                334                 :                : typedef enum
                                335                 :                : {
                                336                 :                :     PM_INIT,                    /* postmaster starting */
                                337                 :                :     PM_STARTUP,                 /* waiting for startup subprocess */
                                338                 :                :     PM_RECOVERY,                /* in archive recovery mode */
                                339                 :                :     PM_HOT_STANDBY,             /* in hot standby mode */
                                340                 :                :     PM_RUN,                     /* normal "database is alive" state */
                                341                 :                :     PM_STOP_BACKENDS,           /* need to stop remaining backends */
                                342                 :                :     PM_WAIT_BACKENDS,           /* waiting for live backends to exit */
                                343                 :                :     PM_WAIT_XLOG_SHUTDOWN,      /* waiting for checkpointer to do shutdown
                                344                 :                :                                  * ckpt */
                                345                 :                :     PM_WAIT_XLOG_ARCHIVAL,      /* waiting for archiver and walsenders to
                                346                 :                :                                  * finish */
                                347                 :                :     PM_WAIT_IO_WORKERS,         /* waiting for io workers to exit */
                                348                 :                :     PM_WAIT_CHECKPOINTER,       /* waiting for checkpointer to shut down */
                                349                 :                :     PM_WAIT_DEAD_END,           /* waiting for dead-end children to exit */
                                350                 :                :     PM_NO_CHILDREN,             /* all important children have exited */
                                351                 :                : } PMState;
                                352                 :                : 
                                353                 :                : static PMState pmState = PM_INIT;
                                354                 :                : 
                                355                 :                : /*
                                356                 :                :  * While performing a "smart shutdown", we restrict new connections but stay
                                357                 :                :  * in PM_RUN or PM_HOT_STANDBY state until all the client backends are gone.
                                358                 :                :  * connsAllowed is a sub-state indicator showing the active restriction.
                                359                 :                :  * It is of no interest unless pmState is PM_RUN or PM_HOT_STANDBY.
                                360                 :                :  */
                                361                 :                : static bool connsAllowed = true;
                                362                 :                : 
                                363                 :                : /* Start time of SIGKILL timeout during immediate shutdown or child crash */
                                364                 :                : /* Zero means timeout is not running */
                                365                 :                : static time_t AbortStartTime = 0;
                                366                 :                : 
                                367                 :                : /* Length of said timeout */
                                368                 :                : #define SIGKILL_CHILDREN_AFTER_SECS     5
                                369                 :                : 
                                370                 :                : static bool ReachedNormalRunning = false;   /* T if we've reached PM_RUN */
                                371                 :                : 
                                372                 :                : bool        ClientAuthInProgress = false;   /* T during new-client
                                373                 :                :                                              * authentication */
                                374                 :                : 
                                375                 :                : bool        redirection_done = false;   /* stderr redirected for syslogger? */
                                376                 :                : 
                                377                 :                : /* received START_AUTOVAC_LAUNCHER signal */
                                378                 :                : static bool start_autovac_launcher = false;
                                379                 :                : 
                                380                 :                : /* the launcher needs to be signaled to communicate some condition */
                                381                 :                : static bool avlauncher_needs_signal = false;
                                382                 :                : 
                                383                 :                : /* received START_WALRECEIVER signal */
                                384                 :                : static bool WalReceiverRequested = false;
                                385                 :                : 
                                386                 :                : /* set when there's a worker that needs to be started up */
                                387                 :                : static bool StartWorkerNeeded = true;
                                388                 :                : static bool HaveCrashedWorker = false;
                                389                 :                : 
                                390                 :                : /* set when signals arrive */
                                391                 :                : static volatile sig_atomic_t pending_pm_pmsignal;
                                392                 :                : static volatile sig_atomic_t pending_pm_child_exit;
                                393                 :                : static volatile sig_atomic_t pending_pm_reload_request;
                                394                 :                : static volatile sig_atomic_t pending_pm_shutdown_request;
                                395                 :                : static volatile sig_atomic_t pending_pm_fast_shutdown_request;
                                396                 :                : static volatile sig_atomic_t pending_pm_immediate_shutdown_request;
                                397                 :                : 
                                398                 :                : /* event multiplexing object */
                                399                 :                : static WaitEventSet *pm_wait_set;
                                400                 :                : 
                                401                 :                : #ifdef USE_SSL
                                402                 :                : /* Set when and if SSL has been initialized properly */
                                403                 :                : bool        LoadedSSL = false;
                                404                 :                : #endif
                                405                 :                : 
                                406                 :                : #ifdef USE_BONJOUR
                                407                 :                : static DNSServiceRef bonjour_sdref = NULL;
                                408                 :                : #endif
                                409                 :                : 
                                410                 :                : /* State for IO worker management. */
                                411                 :                : static int  io_worker_count = 0;
                                412                 :                : static PMChild *io_worker_children[MAX_IO_WORKERS];
                                413                 :                : 
                                414                 :                : /*
                                415                 :                :  * postmaster.c - function prototypes
                                416                 :                :  */
                                417                 :                : static void CloseServerPorts(int status, Datum arg);
                                418                 :                : static void unlink_external_pid_file(int status, Datum arg);
                                419                 :                : static void getInstallationPaths(const char *argv0);
                                420                 :                : static void checkControlFile(void);
                                421                 :                : static void handle_pm_pmsignal_signal(SIGNAL_ARGS);
                                422                 :                : static void handle_pm_child_exit_signal(SIGNAL_ARGS);
                                423                 :                : static void handle_pm_reload_request_signal(SIGNAL_ARGS);
                                424                 :                : static void handle_pm_shutdown_request_signal(SIGNAL_ARGS);
                                425                 :                : static void process_pm_pmsignal(void);
                                426                 :                : static void process_pm_child_exit(void);
                                427                 :                : static void process_pm_reload_request(void);
                                428                 :                : static void process_pm_shutdown_request(void);
                                429                 :                : static void dummy_handler(SIGNAL_ARGS);
                                430                 :                : static void CleanupBackend(PMChild *bp, int exitstatus);
                                431                 :                : static void HandleChildCrash(int pid, int exitstatus, const char *procname);
                                432                 :                : static void LogChildExit(int lev, const char *procname,
                                433                 :                :                          int pid, int exitstatus);
                                434                 :                : static void PostmasterStateMachine(void);
                                435                 :                : static void UpdatePMState(PMState newState);
                                436                 :                : 
                                437                 :                : pg_noreturn static void ExitPostmaster(int status);
                                438                 :                : static int  ServerLoop(void);
                                439                 :                : static int  BackendStartup(ClientSocket *client_sock);
                                440                 :                : static void report_fork_failure_to_client(ClientSocket *client_sock, int errnum);
                                441                 :                : static CAC_state canAcceptConnections(BackendType backend_type);
                                442                 :                : static void signal_child(PMChild *pmchild, int signal);
                                443                 :                : static bool SignalChildren(int signal, BackendTypeMask targetMask);
                                444                 :                : static void TerminateChildren(int signal);
                                445                 :                : static int  CountChildren(BackendTypeMask targetMask);
                                446                 :                : static void LaunchMissingBackgroundProcesses(void);
                                447                 :                : static void maybe_start_bgworkers(void);
                                448                 :                : static bool maybe_reap_io_worker(int pid);
                                449                 :                : static void maybe_adjust_io_workers(void);
                                450                 :                : static bool CreateOptsFile(int argc, char *argv[], char *fullprogname);
                                451                 :                : static PMChild *StartChildProcess(BackendType type);
                                452                 :                : static void StartSysLogger(void);
                                453                 :                : static void StartAutovacuumWorker(void);
                                454                 :                : static bool StartBackgroundWorker(RegisteredBgWorker *rw);
                                455                 :                : static void InitPostmasterDeathWatchHandle(void);
                                456                 :                : 
                                457                 :                : #ifdef WIN32
                                458                 :                : #define WNOHANG 0               /* ignored, so any integer value will do */
                                459                 :                : 
                                460                 :                : static pid_t waitpid(pid_t pid, int *exitstatus, int options);
                                461                 :                : static void WINAPI pgwin32_deadchild_callback(PVOID lpParameter, BOOLEAN TimerOrWaitFired);
                                462                 :                : 
                                463                 :                : static HANDLE win32ChildQueue;
                                464                 :                : 
                                465                 :                : typedef struct
                                466                 :                : {
                                467                 :                :     HANDLE      waitHandle;
                                468                 :                :     HANDLE      procHandle;
                                469                 :                :     DWORD       procId;
                                470                 :                : } win32_deadchild_waitinfo;
                                471                 :                : #endif                          /* WIN32 */
                                472                 :                : 
                                473                 :                : /* Macros to check exit status of a child process */
                                474                 :                : #define EXIT_STATUS_0(st)  ((st) == 0)
                                475                 :                : #define EXIT_STATUS_1(st)  (WIFEXITED(st) && WEXITSTATUS(st) == 1)
                                476                 :                : #define EXIT_STATUS_3(st)  (WIFEXITED(st) && WEXITSTATUS(st) == 3)
                                477                 :                : 
                                478                 :                : #ifndef WIN32
                                479                 :                : /*
                                480                 :                :  * File descriptors for pipe used to monitor if postmaster is alive.
                                481                 :                :  * First is POSTMASTER_FD_WATCH, second is POSTMASTER_FD_OWN.
                                482                 :                :  */
                                483                 :                : int         postmaster_alive_fds[2] = {-1, -1};
                                484                 :                : #else
                                485                 :                : /* Process handle of postmaster used for the same purpose on Windows */
                                486                 :                : HANDLE      PostmasterHandle;
                                487                 :                : #endif
                                488                 :                : 
                                489                 :                : /*
                                490                 :                :  * Postmaster main entry point
                                491                 :                :  */
                                492                 :                : void
10702 scrappy@hub.org           493                 :            841 : PostmasterMain(int argc, char *argv[])
                                494                 :                : {
                                495                 :                :     int         opt;
                                496                 :                :     int         status;
 7689 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         497                 :            841 :     char       *userDoption = NULL;
 5401                           498                 :            841 :     bool        listen_addr_saved = false;
 4279 peter_e@gmx.net           499                 :            841 :     char       *output_config_variable = NULL;
                                500                 :                : 
 2565 tmunro@postgresql.or      501                 :            841 :     InitProcessGlobals();
                                502                 :                : 
                                503                 :            841 :     PostmasterPid = MyProcPid;
                                504                 :                : 
 8188 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         505                 :            841 :     IsPostmasterEnvironment = true;
                                506                 :                : 
                                507                 :                :     /*
                                508                 :                :      * Start our win32 signal implementation
                                509                 :                :      */
                                510                 :                : #ifdef WIN32
                                511                 :                :     pgwin32_signal_initialize();
                                512                 :                : #endif
                                513                 :                : 
                                514                 :                :     /*
                                515                 :                :      * We should not be creating any files or directories before we check the
                                516                 :                :      * data directory (see checkDataDir()), but just in case set the umask to
                                517                 :                :      * the most restrictive (owner-only) permissions.
                                518                 :                :      *
                                519                 :                :      * checkDataDir() will reset the umask based on the data directory
                                520                 :                :      * permissions.
                                521                 :                :      */
 2760 sfrost@snowman.net        522                 :            841 :     umask(PG_MODE_MASK_OWNER);
                                523                 :                : 
                                524                 :                :     /*
                                525                 :                :      * By default, palloc() requests in the postmaster will be allocated in
                                526                 :                :      * the PostmasterContext, which is space that can be recycled by backends.
                                527                 :                :      * Allocated data that needs to be available to backends should be
                                528                 :                :      * allocated in TopMemoryContext.
                                529                 :                :      */
 9252 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         530                 :            841 :     PostmasterContext = AllocSetContextCreate(TopMemoryContext,
                                531                 :                :                                               "Postmaster",
                                532                 :                :                                               ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
                                533                 :            841 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(PostmasterContext);
                                534                 :                : 
                                535                 :                :     /* Initialize paths to installation files */
 6022                           536                 :            841 :     getInstallationPaths(argv[0]);
                                537                 :                : 
                                538                 :                :     /*
                                539                 :                :      * Set up signal handlers for the postmaster process.
                                540                 :                :      *
                                541                 :                :      * CAUTION: when changing this list, check for side-effects on the signal
                                542                 :                :      * handling setup of child processes.  See tcop/postgres.c,
                                543                 :                :      * bootstrap/bootstrap.c, postmaster/bgwriter.c, postmaster/walwriter.c,
                                544                 :                :      * postmaster/autovacuum.c, postmaster/pgarch.c, postmaster/syslogger.c,
                                545                 :                :      * postmaster/bgworker.c and postmaster/checkpointer.c.
                                546                 :                :      */
 4223                           547                 :            841 :     pqinitmask();
  997 tmunro@postgresql.or      548                 :            841 :     sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &BlockSig, NULL);
                                549                 :                : 
 1019                           550                 :            841 :     pqsignal(SIGHUP, handle_pm_reload_request_signal);
                                551                 :            841 :     pqsignal(SIGINT, handle_pm_shutdown_request_signal);
                                552                 :            841 :     pqsignal(SIGQUIT, handle_pm_shutdown_request_signal);
                                553                 :            841 :     pqsignal(SIGTERM, handle_pm_shutdown_request_signal);
                                554                 :            841 :     pqsignal(SIGALRM, SIG_IGN); /* ignored */
                                555                 :            841 :     pqsignal(SIGPIPE, SIG_IGN); /* ignored */
                                556                 :            841 :     pqsignal(SIGUSR1, handle_pm_pmsignal_signal);
                                557                 :            841 :     pqsignal(SIGUSR2, dummy_handler);   /* unused, reserve for children */
                                558                 :            841 :     pqsignal(SIGCHLD, handle_pm_child_exit_signal);
                                559                 :                : 
                                560                 :                :     /* This may configure SIGURG, depending on platform. */
  235 heikki.linnakangas@i      561                 :            841 :     InitializeWaitEventSupport();
 1019 tmunro@postgresql.or      562                 :            841 :     InitProcessLocalLatch();
                                563                 :                : 
                                564                 :                :     /*
                                565                 :                :      * No other place in Postgres should touch SIGTTIN/SIGTTOU handling.  We
                                566                 :                :      * ignore those signals in a postmaster environment, so that there is no
                                567                 :                :      * risk of a child process freezing up due to writing to stderr.  But for
                                568                 :                :      * a standalone backend, their default handling is reasonable.  Hence, all
                                569                 :                :      * child processes should just allow the inherited settings to stand.
                                570                 :                :      */
                                571                 :                : #ifdef SIGTTIN
                                572                 :            841 :     pqsignal(SIGTTIN, SIG_IGN); /* ignored */
                                573                 :                : #endif
                                574                 :                : #ifdef SIGTTOU
                                575                 :            841 :     pqsignal(SIGTTOU, SIG_IGN); /* ignored */
                                576                 :                : #endif
                                577                 :                : 
                                578                 :                :     /* ignore SIGXFSZ, so that ulimit violations work like disk full */
                                579                 :                : #ifdef SIGXFSZ
                                580                 :            841 :     pqsignal(SIGXFSZ, SIG_IGN); /* ignored */
                                581                 :                : #endif
                                582                 :                : 
                                583                 :                :     /* Begin accepting signals. */
  997                           584                 :            841 :     sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &UnBlockSig, NULL);
                                585                 :                : 
                                586                 :                :     /*
                                587                 :                :      * Options setup
                                588                 :                :      */
 8564 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         589                 :            841 :     InitializeGUCOptions();
                                590                 :                : 
 9280 peter_e@gmx.net           591                 :            841 :     opterr = 1;
                                592                 :                : 
                                593                 :                :     /*
                                594                 :                :      * Parse command-line options.  CAUTION: keep this in sync with
                                595                 :                :      * tcop/postgres.c (the option sets should not conflict) and with the
                                596                 :                :      * common help() function in main/main.c.
                                597                 :                :      */
 1050 peter@eisentraut.org      598         [ +  + ]:           3035 :     while ((opt = getopt(argc, argv, "B:bC:c:D:d:EeFf:h:ijk:lN:OPp:r:S:sTt:W:-:")) != -1)
                                599                 :                :     {
10277 bruce@momjian.us          600   [ -  +  +  +  :           2196 :         switch (opt)
                                     +  +  -  -  -  
                                     +  -  -  -  -  
                                     +  -  -  -  -  
                                     +  -  -  -  -  
                                           -  -  - ]
                                601                 :                :         {
10276 bruce@momjian.us          602                 :UBC           0 :             case 'B':
 8647 peter_e@gmx.net           603                 :              0 :                 SetConfigOption("shared_buffers", optarg, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
10276 bruce@momjian.us          604                 :              0 :                 break;
                                605                 :                : 
 5299 bruce@momjian.us          606                 :CBC          47 :             case 'b':
                                607                 :                :                 /* Undocumented flag used for binary upgrades */
                                608                 :             47 :                 IsBinaryUpgrade = true;
                                609                 :             47 :                 break;
                                610                 :                : 
 5135                           611                 :              3 :             case 'C':
 4763                           612                 :              3 :                 output_config_variable = strdup(optarg);
 5135                           613                 :              3 :                 break;
                                614                 :                : 
 1050 peter@eisentraut.org      615                 :            674 :             case '-':
                                616                 :                : 
                                617                 :                :                 /*
                                618                 :                :                  * Error if the user misplaced a special must-be-first option
                                619                 :                :                  * for dispatching to a subprogram.  parse_dispatch_option()
                                620                 :                :                  * returns DISPATCH_POSTMASTER if it doesn't find a match, so
                                621                 :                :                  * error for anything else.
                                622                 :                :                  */
  327 nathan@postgresql.or      623         [ -  + ]:            674 :                 if (parse_dispatch_option(optarg) != DISPATCH_POSTMASTER)
  327 nathan@postgresql.or      624         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                     ereport(ERROR,
                                625                 :                :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                                626                 :                :                              errmsg("--%s must be first argument", optarg)));
                                627                 :                : 
                                628                 :                :                 /* FALLTHROUGH */
                                629                 :                :             case 'c':
                                630                 :                :                 {
                                631                 :                :                     char       *name,
                                632                 :                :                                *value;
                                633                 :                : 
 1050 peter@eisentraut.org      634                 :CBC        1066 :                     ParseLongOption(optarg, &name, &value);
                                635         [ +  + ]:           1066 :                     if (!value)
                                636                 :                :                     {
                                637         [ +  - ]:              1 :                         if (opt == '-')
                                638         [ +  - ]:              1 :                             ereport(ERROR,
                                639                 :                :                                     (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                                640                 :                :                                      errmsg("--%s requires a value",
                                641                 :                :                                             optarg)));
                                642                 :                :                         else
 1050 peter@eisentraut.org      643         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                             ereport(ERROR,
                                644                 :                :                                     (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                                645                 :                :                                      errmsg("-c %s requires a value",
                                646                 :                :                                             optarg)));
                                647                 :                :                     }
                                648                 :                : 
 1050 peter@eisentraut.org      649                 :CBC        1065 :                     SetConfigOption(name, value, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
                                650                 :           1064 :                     pfree(name);
                                651                 :           1064 :                     pfree(value);
                                652                 :           1064 :                     break;
                                653                 :                :                 }
                                654                 :                : 
10276 bruce@momjian.us          655                 :            839 :             case 'D':
 4763                           656                 :            839 :                 userDoption = strdup(optarg);
10276                           657                 :            839 :                 break;
                                658                 :                : 
10276 bruce@momjian.us          659                 :UBC           0 :             case 'd':
 7652 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         660                 :              0 :                 set_debug_options(atoi(optarg), PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
                                661                 :              0 :                 break;
                                662                 :                : 
 7235 peter_e@gmx.net           663                 :              0 :             case 'E':
                                664                 :              0 :                 SetConfigOption("log_statement", "all", PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
                                665                 :              0 :                 break;
                                666                 :                : 
                                667                 :              0 :             case 'e':
                                668                 :              0 :                 SetConfigOption("datestyle", "euro", PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
                                669                 :              0 :                 break;
                                670                 :                : 
 9278 bruce@momjian.us          671                 :CBC          91 :             case 'F':
 8647 peter_e@gmx.net           672                 :             91 :                 SetConfigOption("fsync", "false", PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
 9278 bruce@momjian.us          673                 :             91 :                 break;
                                674                 :                : 
 7235 peter_e@gmx.net           675                 :UBC           0 :             case 'f':
                                676         [ #  # ]:              0 :                 if (!set_plan_disabling_options(optarg, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV))
                                677                 :                :                 {
                                678                 :              0 :                     write_stderr("%s: invalid argument for option -f: \"%s\"\n",
                                679                 :                :                                  progname, optarg);
                                680                 :              0 :                     ExitPostmaster(1);
                                681                 :                :                 }
                                682                 :              0 :                 break;
                                683                 :                : 
 9114 bruce@momjian.us          684                 :              0 :             case 'h':
 7888 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         685                 :              0 :                 SetConfigOption("listen_addresses", optarg, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
 9114 bruce@momjian.us          686                 :              0 :                 break;
                                687                 :                : 
10213                           688                 :              0 :             case 'i':
 7888 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         689                 :              0 :                 SetConfigOption("listen_addresses", "*", PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
 9516 bruce@momjian.us          690                 :              0 :                 break;
                                691                 :                : 
 7235 peter_e@gmx.net           692                 :              0 :             case 'j':
                                693                 :                :                 /* only used by interactive backend */
                                694                 :              0 :                 break;
                                695                 :                : 
 9114 bruce@momjian.us          696                 :CBC          91 :             case 'k':
 4826 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         697                 :             91 :                 SetConfigOption("unix_socket_directories", optarg, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
 9114 bruce@momjian.us          698                 :             91 :                 break;
                                699                 :                : 
 9516 bruce@momjian.us          700                 :UBC           0 :             case 'l':
 8647 peter_e@gmx.net           701                 :              0 :                 SetConfigOption("ssl", "true", PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
10216 bruce@momjian.us          702                 :              0 :                 break;
                                703                 :                : 
 9747 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         704                 :              0 :             case 'N':
 8647 peter_e@gmx.net           705                 :              0 :                 SetConfigOption("max_connections", optarg, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
 9747 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         706                 :              0 :                 break;
                                707                 :                : 
 7235 peter_e@gmx.net           708                 :              0 :             case 'O':
                                709                 :              0 :                 SetConfigOption("allow_system_table_mods", "true", PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
                                710                 :              0 :                 break;
                                711                 :                : 
                                712                 :              0 :             case 'P':
                                713                 :              0 :                 SetConfigOption("ignore_system_indexes", "true", PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
                                714                 :              0 :                 break;
                                715                 :                : 
10276 bruce@momjian.us          716                 :CBC          59 :             case 'p':
 8647 peter_e@gmx.net           717                 :             59 :                 SetConfigOption("port", optarg, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
10276 bruce@momjian.us          718                 :             59 :                 break;
                                719                 :                : 
 7235 peter_e@gmx.net           720                 :UBC           0 :             case 'r':
                                721                 :                :                 /* only used by single-user backend */
                                722                 :              0 :                 break;
                                723                 :                : 
                                724                 :              0 :             case 'S':
                                725                 :              0 :                 SetConfigOption("work_mem", optarg, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
10276 bruce@momjian.us          726                 :              0 :                 break;
                                727                 :                : 
                                728                 :              0 :             case 's':
 6871 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         729                 :              0 :                 SetConfigOption("log_statement_stats", "true", PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
 7235 peter_e@gmx.net           730                 :              0 :                 break;
                                731                 :                : 
                                732                 :              0 :             case 'T':
                                733                 :                : 
                                734                 :                :                 /*
                                735                 :                :                  * This option used to be defined as sending SIGSTOP after a
                                736                 :                :                  * backend crash, but sending SIGABRT seems more useful.
                                737                 :                :                  */
 1071 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         738                 :              0 :                 SetConfigOption("send_abort_for_crash", "true", PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
10276 bruce@momjian.us          739                 :              0 :                 break;
                                740                 :                : 
 7235 peter_e@gmx.net           741                 :              0 :             case 't':
                                742                 :                :                 {
 6963 bruce@momjian.us          743                 :              0 :                     const char *tmp = get_stats_option_name(optarg);
                                744                 :                : 
                                745         [ #  # ]:              0 :                     if (tmp)
                                746                 :                :                     {
                                747                 :              0 :                         SetConfigOption(tmp, "true", PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
                                748                 :                :                     }
                                749                 :                :                     else
                                750                 :                :                     {
                                751                 :              0 :                         write_stderr("%s: invalid argument for option -t: \"%s\"\n",
                                752                 :                :                                      progname, optarg);
                                753                 :              0 :                         ExitPostmaster(1);
                                754                 :                :                     }
                                755                 :              0 :                     break;
                                756                 :                :                 }
                                757                 :                : 
 7235 peter_e@gmx.net           758                 :              0 :             case 'W':
                                759                 :              0 :                 SetConfigOption("post_auth_delay", optarg, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
                                760                 :              0 :                 break;
                                761                 :                : 
10276 bruce@momjian.us          762                 :              0 :             default:
 7768                           763                 :              0 :                 write_stderr("Try \"%s --help\" for more information.\n",
                                764                 :                :                              progname);
 9098 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         765                 :              0 :                 ExitPostmaster(1);
                                766                 :                :         }
                                767                 :                :     }
                                768                 :                : 
                                769                 :                :     /*
                                770                 :                :      * Postmaster accepts no non-option switch arguments.
                                771                 :                :      */
 8647 peter_e@gmx.net           772         [ -  + ]:CBC         839 :     if (optind < argc)
                                773                 :                :     {
 7768 bruce@momjian.us          774                 :UBC           0 :         write_stderr("%s: invalid argument: \"%s\"\n",
                                775                 :              0 :                      progname, argv[optind]);
                                776                 :              0 :         write_stderr("Try \"%s --help\" for more information.\n",
                                777                 :                :                      progname);
 8647 peter_e@gmx.net           778                 :              0 :         ExitPostmaster(1);
                                779                 :                :     }
                                780                 :                : 
                                781                 :                :     /*
                                782                 :                :      * Locate the proper configuration files and data directory, and read
                                783                 :                :      * postgresql.conf for the first time.
                                784                 :                :      */
 7689 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         785         [ -  + ]:CBC         839 :     if (!SelectConfigFiles(userDoption, progname))
 7689 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         786                 :UBC           0 :         ExitPostmaster(2);
                                787                 :                : 
 5135 bruce@momjian.us          788         [ +  + ]:CBC         835 :     if (output_config_variable != NULL)
                                789                 :                :     {
                                790                 :                :         /*
                                791                 :                :          * If this is a runtime-computed GUC, it hasn't yet been initialized,
                                792                 :                :          * and the present value is not useful.  However, this is a convenient
                                793                 :                :          * place to print the value for most GUCs because it is safe to run
                                794                 :                :          * postmaster startup to this point even if the server is already
                                795                 :                :          * running.  For the handful of runtime-computed GUCs that we cannot
                                796                 :                :          * provide meaningful values for yet, we wait until later in
                                797                 :                :          * postmaster startup to print the value.  We won't be able to use -C
                                798                 :                :          * on running servers for those GUCs, but using this option now would
                                799                 :                :          * lead to incorrect results for them.
                                800                 :                :          */
 1502 michael@paquier.xyz       801                 :              2 :         int         flags = GetConfigOptionFlags(output_config_variable, true);
                                802                 :                : 
                                803         [ +  + ]:              2 :         if ((flags & GUC_RUNTIME_COMPUTED) == 0)
                                804                 :                :         {
                                805                 :                :             /*
                                806                 :                :              * "-C guc" was specified, so print GUC's value and exit.  No
                                807                 :                :              * extra permission check is needed because the user is reading
                                808                 :                :              * inside the data dir.
                                809                 :                :              */
                                810                 :              1 :             const char *config_val = GetConfigOption(output_config_variable,
                                811                 :                :                                                      false, false);
                                812                 :                : 
                                813         [ +  - ]:              1 :             puts(config_val ? config_val : "");
                                814                 :              1 :             ExitPostmaster(0);
                                815                 :                :         }
                                816                 :                : 
                                817                 :                :         /*
                                818                 :                :          * A runtime-computed GUC will be printed later on.  As we initialize
                                819                 :                :          * a server startup sequence, silence any log messages that may show
                                820                 :                :          * up in the output generated.  FATAL and more severe messages are
                                821                 :                :          * useful to show, even if one would only expect at least PANIC.  LOG
                                822                 :                :          * entries are hidden.
                                823                 :                :          */
 1237 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         824                 :              1 :         SetConfigOption("log_min_messages", "FATAL", PGC_SUSET,
                                825                 :                :                         PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
                                826                 :                :     }
                                827                 :                : 
                                828                 :                :     /* Verify that DataDir looks reasonable */
 7689                           829                 :            834 :     checkDataDir();
                                830                 :                : 
                                831                 :                :     /* Check that pg_control exists */
 2760 sfrost@snowman.net        832                 :            834 :     checkControlFile();
                                833                 :                : 
                                834                 :                :     /* And switch working directory into it */
 7420 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         835                 :            834 :     ChangeToDataDir();
                                836                 :                : 
                                837                 :                :     /*
                                838                 :                :      * Check for invalid combinations of GUC settings.
                                839                 :                :      */
 1011 rhaas@postgresql.org      840         [ -  + ]:            834 :     if (SuperuserReservedConnections + ReservedConnections >= MaxConnections)
                                841                 :                :     {
  528 peter@eisentraut.org      842                 :UBC           0 :         write_stderr("%s: \"superuser_reserved_connections\" (%d) plus \"reserved_connections\" (%d) must be less than \"max_connections\" (%d)\n",
                                843                 :                :                      progname,
                                844                 :                :                      SuperuserReservedConnections, ReservedConnections,
                                845                 :                :                      MaxConnections);
 4826 magnus@hagander.net       846                 :              0 :         ExitPostmaster(1);
                                847                 :                :     }
 3818 heikki.linnakangas@i      848   [ +  +  -  + ]:CBC         834 :     if (XLogArchiveMode > ARCHIVE_MODE_OFF && wal_level == WAL_LEVEL_MINIMAL)
 5661 heikki.linnakangas@i      849         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                                850                 :                :                 (errmsg("WAL archival cannot be enabled when \"wal_level\" is \"minimal\"")));
 5661 heikki.linnakangas@i      851   [ +  +  -  + ]:CBC         834 :     if (max_wal_senders > 0 && wal_level == WAL_LEVEL_MINIMAL)
 5661 heikki.linnakangas@i      852         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                                853                 :                :                 (errmsg("WAL streaming (\"max_wal_senders\" > 0) requires \"wal_level\" to be \"replica\" or \"logical\"")));
  677 rhaas@postgresql.org      854   [ +  +  -  + ]:CBC         834 :     if (summarize_wal && wal_level == WAL_LEVEL_MINIMAL)
  677 rhaas@postgresql.org      855         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                                856                 :                :                 (errmsg("WAL cannot be summarized when \"wal_level\" is \"minimal\"")));
   67 fujii@postgresql.org      857   [ +  +  -  + ]:GNC         834 :     if (sync_replication_slots && wal_level < WAL_LEVEL_LOGICAL)
   67 fujii@postgresql.org      858         [ #  # ]:UNC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                                859                 :                :                 (errmsg("replication slot synchronization (\"sync_replication_slots\" = on) requires \"wal_level\" >= \"logical\"")));
                                860                 :                : 
                                861                 :                :     /*
                                862                 :                :      * Other one-time internal sanity checks can go here, if they are fast.
                                863                 :                :      * (Put any slow processing further down, after postmaster.pid creation.)
                                864                 :                :      */
 8320 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         865         [ -  + ]:CBC         834 :     if (!CheckDateTokenTables())
                                866                 :                :     {
 7768 bruce@momjian.us          867                 :UBC           0 :         write_stderr("%s: invalid datetoken tables, please fix\n", progname);
 8320 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         868                 :              0 :         ExitPostmaster(1);
                                869                 :                :     }
                                870                 :                : 
                                871                 :                :     /*
                                872                 :                :      * Now that we are done processing the postmaster arguments, reset
                                873                 :                :      * getopt(3) library so that it will work correctly in subprocesses.
                                874                 :                :      */
 8774 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         875                 :CBC         834 :     optind = 1;
                                876                 :                : #ifdef HAVE_INT_OPTRESET
                                877                 :                :     optreset = 1;               /* some systems need this too */
                                878                 :                : #endif
                                879                 :                : 
                                880                 :                :     /* For debugging: display postmaster environment */
  334 andres@anarazel.de        881         [ +  + ]:            834 :     if (message_level_is_interesting(DEBUG3))
                                882                 :                :     {
                                883                 :                : #if !defined(WIN32) || defined(_MSC_VER)
                                884                 :                :         extern char **environ;
                                885                 :                : #endif
                                886                 :                :         char      **p;
                                887                 :                :         StringInfoData si;
                                888                 :                : 
                                889                 :              3 :         initStringInfo(&si);
                                890                 :                : 
                                891                 :              3 :         appendStringInfoString(&si, "initial environment dump:");
 9115 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         892         [ +  + ]:            420 :         for (p = environ; *p; ++p)
  334 andres@anarazel.de        893                 :            417 :             appendStringInfo(&si, "\n%s", *p);
                                894                 :                : 
                                895         [ +  - ]:              3 :         ereport(DEBUG3, errmsg_internal("%s", si.data));
                                896                 :              3 :         pfree(si.data);
                                897                 :                :     }
                                898                 :                : 
                                899                 :                :     /*
                                900                 :                :      * Create lockfile for data directory.
                                901                 :                :      *
                                902                 :                :      * We want to do this before we try to grab the input sockets, because the
                                903                 :                :      * data directory interlock is more reliable than the socket-file
                                904                 :                :      * interlock (thanks to whoever decided to put socket files in /tmp :-().
                                905                 :                :      * For the same reason, it's best to grab the TCP socket(s) before the
                                906                 :                :      * Unix socket(s).
                                907                 :                :      *
                                908                 :                :      * Also note that this internally sets up the on_proc_exit function that
                                909                 :                :      * is responsible for removing both data directory and socket lockfiles;
                                910                 :                :      * so it must happen before opening sockets so that at exit, the socket
                                911                 :                :      * lockfiles go away after CloseServerPorts runs.
                                912                 :                :      */
 7420 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         913                 :            834 :     CreateDataDirLockFile(true);
                                914                 :                : 
                                915                 :                :     /*
                                916                 :                :      * Read the control file (for error checking and config info).
                                917                 :                :      *
                                918                 :                :      * Since we verify the control file's CRC, this has a useful side effect
                                919                 :                :      * on machines where we need a run-time test for CRC support instructions.
                                920                 :                :      * The postmaster will do the test once at startup, and then its child
                                921                 :                :      * processes will inherit the correct function pointer and not need to
                                922                 :                :      * repeat the test.
                                923                 :                :      */
 2962 andres@anarazel.de        924                 :            833 :     LocalProcessControlFile(false);
                                925                 :                : 
                                926                 :                :     /*
                                927                 :                :      * Register the apply launcher.  It's probably a good idea to call this
                                928                 :                :      * before any modules had a chance to take the background worker slots.
                                929                 :                :      */
 3203 peter_e@gmx.net           930                 :            833 :     ApplyLauncherRegister();
                                931                 :                : 
                                932                 :                :     /*
                                933                 :                :      * process any libraries that should be preloaded at postmaster start
                                934                 :                :      */
 7013 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         935                 :            833 :     process_shared_preload_libraries();
                                936                 :                : 
                                937                 :                :     /*
                                938                 :                :      * Initialize SSL library, if specified.
                                939                 :                :      */
                                940                 :                : #ifdef USE_SSL
 2042 andrew@dunslane.net       941         [ +  + ]:            833 :     if (EnableSSL)
                                942                 :                :     {
                                943                 :             28 :         (void) secure_initialize(true);
                                944                 :             23 :         LoadedSSL = true;
                                945                 :                :     }
                                946                 :                : #endif
                                947                 :                : 
                                948                 :                :     /*
                                949                 :                :      * Now that loadable modules have had their chance to alter any GUCs,
                                950                 :                :      * calculate MaxBackends and initialize the machinery to track child
                                951                 :                :      * processes.
                                952                 :                :      */
 4681 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.      953                 :            828 :     InitializeMaxBackends();
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i      954                 :            828 :     InitPostmasterChildSlots();
                                955                 :                : 
                                956                 :                :     /*
                                957                 :                :      * Calculate the size of the PGPROC fast-path lock arrays.
                                958                 :                :      */
  401 tomas.vondra@postgre      959                 :            828 :     InitializeFastPathLocks();
                                960                 :                : 
                                961                 :                :     /*
                                962                 :                :      * Give preloaded libraries a chance to request additional shared memory.
                                963                 :                :      */
 1263 rhaas@postgresql.org      964                 :            828 :     process_shmem_requests();
                                965                 :                : 
                                966                 :                :     /*
                                967                 :                :      * Now that loadable modules have had their chance to request additional
                                968                 :                :      * shared memory, determine the value of any runtime-computed GUCs that
                                969                 :                :      * depend on the amount of shared memory required.
                                970                 :                :      */
 1510 michael@paquier.xyz       971                 :            828 :     InitializeShmemGUCs();
                                972                 :                : 
                                973                 :                :     /*
                                974                 :                :      * Now that modules have been loaded, we can process any custom resource
                                975                 :                :      * managers specified in the wal_consistency_checking GUC.
                                976                 :                :      */
 1300 jdavis@postgresql.or      977                 :            828 :     InitializeWalConsistencyChecking();
                                978                 :                : 
                                979                 :                :     /*
                                980                 :                :      * If -C was specified with a runtime-computed GUC, we held off printing
                                981                 :                :      * the value earlier, as the GUC was not yet initialized.  We handle -C
                                982                 :                :      * for most GUCs before we lock the data directory so that the option may
                                983                 :                :      * be used on a running server.  However, a handful of GUCs are runtime-
                                984                 :                :      * computed and do not have meaningful values until after locking the data
                                985                 :                :      * directory, and we cannot safely calculate their values earlier on a
                                986                 :                :      * running server.  At this point, such GUCs should be properly
                                987                 :                :      * initialized, and we haven't yet set up shared memory, so this is a good
                                988                 :                :      * time to handle the -C option for these special GUCs.
                                989                 :                :      */
 1502 michael@paquier.xyz       990         [ +  + ]:            828 :     if (output_config_variable != NULL)
                                991                 :                :     {
                                992                 :              1 :         const char *config_val = GetConfigOption(output_config_variable,
                                993                 :                :                                                  false, false);
                                994                 :                : 
                                995         [ +  - ]:              1 :         puts(config_val ? config_val : "");
                                996                 :              1 :         ExitPostmaster(0);
                                997                 :                :     }
                                998                 :                : 
                                999                 :                :     /*
                               1000                 :                :      * Set up shared memory and semaphores.
                               1001                 :                :      *
                               1002                 :                :      * Note: if using SysV shmem and/or semas, each postmaster startup will
                               1003                 :                :      * normally choose the same IPC keys.  This helps ensure that we will
                               1004                 :                :      * clean up dead IPC objects if the postmaster crashes and is restarted.
                               1005                 :                :      */
 1199 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1006                 :            827 :     CreateSharedMemoryAndSemaphores();
                               1007                 :                : 
                               1008                 :                :     /*
                               1009                 :                :      * Estimate number of openable files.  This must happen after setting up
                               1010                 :                :      * semaphores, because on some platforms semaphores count as open files.
                               1011                 :                :      */
 2238                          1012                 :            826 :     set_max_safe_fds();
                               1013                 :                : 
                               1014                 :                :     /*
                               1015                 :                :      * Initialize pipe (or process handle on Windows) that allows children to
                               1016                 :                :      * wake up from sleep on postmaster death.
                               1017                 :                :      */
                               1018                 :            826 :     InitPostmasterDeathWatchHandle();
                               1019                 :                : 
                               1020                 :                : #ifdef WIN32
                               1021                 :                : 
                               1022                 :                :     /*
                               1023                 :                :      * Initialize I/O completion port used to deliver list of dead children.
                               1024                 :                :      */
                               1025                 :                :     win32ChildQueue = CreateIoCompletionPort(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, NULL, 0, 1);
                               1026                 :                :     if (win32ChildQueue == NULL)
                               1027                 :                :         ereport(FATAL,
                               1028                 :                :                 (errmsg("could not create I/O completion port for child queue")));
                               1029                 :                : #endif
                               1030                 :                : 
                               1031                 :                : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
                               1032                 :                :     /* Write out nondefault GUC settings for child processes to use */
                               1033                 :                :     write_nondefault_variables(PGC_POSTMASTER);
                               1034                 :                : 
                               1035                 :                :     /*
                               1036                 :                :      * Clean out the temp directory used to transmit parameters to child
                               1037                 :                :      * processes (see internal_forkexec).  We must do this before launching
                               1038                 :                :      * any child processes, else we have a race condition: we could remove a
                               1039                 :                :      * parameter file before the child can read it.  It should be safe to do
                               1040                 :                :      * so now, because we verified earlier that there are no conflicting
                               1041                 :                :      * Postgres processes in this data directory.
                               1042                 :                :      */
                               1043                 :                :     RemovePgTempFilesInDir(PG_TEMP_FILES_DIR, true, false);
                               1044                 :                : #endif
                               1045                 :                : 
                               1046                 :                :     /*
                               1047                 :                :      * Forcibly remove the files signaling a standby promotion request.
                               1048                 :                :      * Otherwise, the existence of those files triggers a promotion too early,
                               1049                 :                :      * whether a user wants that or not.
                               1050                 :                :      *
                               1051                 :                :      * This removal of files is usually unnecessary because they can exist
                               1052                 :                :      * only during a few moments during a standby promotion. However there is
                               1053                 :                :      * a race condition: if pg_ctl promote is executed and creates the files
                               1054                 :                :      * during a promotion, the files can stay around even after the server is
                               1055                 :                :      * brought up to be the primary.  Then, if a new standby starts by using
                               1056                 :                :      * the backup taken from the new primary, the files can exist at server
                               1057                 :                :      * startup and must be removed in order to avoid an unexpected promotion.
                               1058                 :                :      *
                               1059                 :                :      * Note that promotion signal files need to be removed before the startup
                               1060                 :                :      * process is invoked. Because, after that, they can be used by
                               1061                 :                :      * postmaster's SIGUSR1 signal handler.
                               1062                 :                :      */
                               1063                 :            826 :     RemovePromoteSignalFiles();
                               1064                 :                : 
                               1065                 :                :     /* Do the same for logrotate signal file */
                               1066                 :            826 :     RemoveLogrotateSignalFiles();
                               1067                 :                : 
                               1068                 :                :     /* Remove any outdated file holding the current log filenames. */
                               1069   [ +  -  -  + ]:            826 :     if (unlink(LOG_METAINFO_DATAFILE) < 0 && errno != ENOENT)
 2238 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1070         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(LOG,
                               1071                 :                :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
                               1072                 :                :                  errmsg("could not remove file \"%s\": %m",
                               1073                 :                :                         LOG_METAINFO_DATAFILE)));
                               1074                 :                : 
                               1075                 :                :     /*
                               1076                 :                :      * If enabled, start up syslogger collection subprocess
                               1077                 :                :      */
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     1078         [ +  + ]:CBC         826 :     if (Logging_collector)
                               1079                 :              1 :         StartSysLogger();
                               1080                 :                : 
                               1081                 :                :     /*
                               1082                 :                :      * Reset whereToSendOutput from DestDebug (its starting state) to
                               1083                 :                :      * DestNone. This stops ereport from sending log messages to stderr unless
                               1084                 :                :      * Log_destination permits.  We don't do this until the postmaster is
                               1085                 :                :      * fully launched, since startup failures may as well be reported to
                               1086                 :                :      * stderr.
                               1087                 :                :      *
                               1088                 :                :      * If we are in fact disabling logging to stderr, first emit a log message
                               1089                 :                :      * saying so, to provide a breadcrumb trail for users who may not remember
                               1090                 :                :      * that their logging is configured to go somewhere else.
                               1091                 :                :      */
 2238 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1092         [ -  + ]:            826 :     if (!(Log_destination & LOG_DESTINATION_STDERR))
 2238 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1093         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(LOG,
                               1094                 :                :                 (errmsg("ending log output to stderr"),
                               1095                 :                :                  errhint("Future log output will go to log destination \"%s\".",
                               1096                 :                :                          Log_destination_string)));
                               1097                 :                : 
 2238 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1098                 :CBC         826 :     whereToSendOutput = DestNone;
                               1099                 :                : 
                               1100                 :                :     /*
                               1101                 :                :      * Report server startup in log.  While we could emit this much earlier,
                               1102                 :                :      * it seems best to do so after starting the log collector, if we intend
                               1103                 :                :      * to use one.
                               1104                 :                :      */
 2462 peter@eisentraut.org     1105         [ +  - ]:            826 :     ereport(LOG,
                               1106                 :                :             (errmsg("starting %s", PG_VERSION_STR)));
                               1107                 :                : 
                               1108                 :                :     /*
                               1109                 :                :      * Establish input sockets.
                               1110                 :                :      *
                               1111                 :                :      * First set up an on_proc_exit function that's charged with closing the
                               1112                 :                :      * sockets again at postmaster shutdown.
                               1113                 :                :      */
  753 heikki.linnakangas@i     1114                 :            826 :     ListenSockets = palloc(MAXLISTEN * sizeof(pgsocket));
                               1115                 :            826 :     on_proc_exit(CloseServerPorts, 0);
                               1116                 :                : 
 7888 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1117         [ +  - ]:            826 :     if (ListenAddresses)
                               1118                 :                :     {
                               1119                 :                :         char       *rawstring;
                               1120                 :                :         List       *elemlist;
                               1121                 :                :         ListCell   *l;
 7424 peter_e@gmx.net          1122                 :            826 :         int         success = 0;
                               1123                 :                : 
                               1124                 :                :         /* Need a modifiable copy of ListenAddresses */
 7750 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1125                 :            826 :         rawstring = pstrdup(ListenAddresses);
                               1126                 :                : 
                               1127                 :                :         /* Parse string into list of hostnames */
 2175                          1128         [ -  + ]:            826 :         if (!SplitGUCList(rawstring, ',', &elemlist))
                               1129                 :                :         {
                               1130                 :                :             /* syntax error in list */
 7750 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1131         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             ereport(FATAL,
                               1132                 :                :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
                               1133                 :                :                      errmsg("invalid list syntax in parameter \"%s\"",
                               1134                 :                :                             "listen_addresses")));
                               1135                 :                :         }
                               1136                 :                : 
 7750 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1137   [ +  +  +  +  :CBC         859 :         foreach(l, elemlist)
                                              +  + ]
                               1138                 :                :         {
 7729 bruce@momjian.us         1139                 :             33 :             char       *curhost = (char *) lfirst(l);
                               1140                 :                : 
 7823                          1141         [ -  + ]:             33 :             if (strcmp(curhost, "*") == 0)
  594 heikki.linnakangas@i     1142                 :UBC           0 :                 status = ListenServerPort(AF_UNSPEC, NULL,
 7888 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1143                 :              0 :                                           (unsigned short) PostPortNumber,
                               1144                 :                :                                           NULL,
                               1145                 :                :                                           ListenSockets,
                               1146                 :                :                                           &NumListenSockets,
                               1147                 :                :                                           MAXLISTEN);
                               1148                 :                :             else
  594 heikki.linnakangas@i     1149                 :CBC          33 :                 status = ListenServerPort(AF_UNSPEC, curhost,
 8132 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1150                 :             33 :                                           (unsigned short) PostPortNumber,
                               1151                 :                :                                           NULL,
                               1152                 :                :                                           ListenSockets,
                               1153                 :                :                                           &NumListenSockets,
                               1154                 :                :                                           MAXLISTEN);
                               1155                 :                : 
 7424 peter_e@gmx.net          1156         [ +  - ]:             33 :             if (status == STATUS_OK)
                               1157                 :                :             {
                               1158                 :             33 :                 success++;
                               1159                 :                :                 /* record the first successful host addr in lockfile */
 5401 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1160         [ +  - ]:             33 :                 if (!listen_addr_saved)
                               1161                 :                :                 {
                               1162                 :             33 :                     AddToDataDirLockFile(LOCK_FILE_LINE_LISTEN_ADDR, curhost);
                               1163                 :             33 :                     listen_addr_saved = true;
                               1164                 :                :                 }
                               1165                 :                :             }
                               1166                 :                :             else
 7888 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1167         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                 ereport(WARNING,
                               1168                 :                :                         (errmsg("could not create listen socket for \"%s\"",
                               1169                 :                :                                 curhost)));
                               1170                 :                :         }
                               1171                 :                : 
 4826 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1172   [ +  +  -  + ]:CBC         826 :         if (!success && elemlist != NIL)
 7424 peter_e@gmx.net          1173         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             ereport(FATAL,
                               1174                 :                :                     (errmsg("could not create any TCP/IP sockets")));
                               1175                 :                : 
 7750 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1176                 :CBC         826 :         list_free(elemlist);
                               1177                 :            826 :         pfree(rawstring);
                               1178                 :                :     }
                               1179                 :                : 
                               1180                 :                : #ifdef USE_BONJOUR
                               1181                 :                :     /* Register for Bonjour only if we opened TCP socket(s) */
                               1182                 :                :     if (enable_bonjour && NumListenSockets > 0)
                               1183                 :                :     {
                               1184                 :                :         DNSServiceErrorType err;
                               1185                 :                : 
                               1186                 :                :         /*
                               1187                 :                :          * We pass 0 for interface_index, which will result in registering on
                               1188                 :                :          * all "applicable" interfaces.  It's not entirely clear from the
                               1189                 :                :          * DNS-SD docs whether this would be appropriate if we have bound to
                               1190                 :                :          * just a subset of the available network interfaces.
                               1191                 :                :          */
                               1192                 :                :         err = DNSServiceRegister(&bonjour_sdref,
                               1193                 :                :                                  0,
                               1194                 :                :                                  0,
                               1195                 :                :                                  bonjour_name,
                               1196                 :                :                                  "_postgresql._tcp.",
                               1197                 :                :                                  NULL,
                               1198                 :                :                                  NULL,
                               1199                 :                :                                  pg_hton16(PostPortNumber),
                               1200                 :                :                                  0,
                               1201                 :                :                                  NULL,
                               1202                 :                :                                  NULL,
                               1203                 :                :                                  NULL);
                               1204                 :                :         if (err != kDNSServiceErr_NoError)
                               1205                 :                :             ereport(LOG,
                               1206                 :                :                     (errmsg("DNSServiceRegister() failed: error code %ld",
                               1207                 :                :                             (long) err)));
                               1208                 :                : 
                               1209                 :                :         /*
                               1210                 :                :          * We don't bother to read the mDNS daemon's reply, and we expect that
                               1211                 :                :          * it will automatically terminate our registration when the socket is
                               1212                 :                :          * closed at postmaster termination.  So there's nothing more to be
                               1213                 :                :          * done here.  However, the bonjour_sdref is kept around so that
                               1214                 :                :          * forked children can close their copies of the socket.
                               1215                 :                :          */
                               1216                 :                :     }
                               1217                 :                : #endif
                               1218                 :                : 
 4826                          1219         [ +  - ]:            826 :     if (Unix_socket_directories)
                               1220                 :                :     {
                               1221                 :                :         char       *rawstring;
                               1222                 :                :         List       *elemlist;
                               1223                 :                :         ListCell   *l;
                               1224                 :            826 :         int         success = 0;
                               1225                 :                : 
                               1226                 :                :         /* Need a modifiable copy of Unix_socket_directories */
                               1227                 :            826 :         rawstring = pstrdup(Unix_socket_directories);
                               1228                 :                : 
                               1229                 :                :         /* Parse string into list of directories */
                               1230         [ -  + ]:            826 :         if (!SplitDirectoriesString(rawstring, ',', &elemlist))
                               1231                 :                :         {
                               1232                 :                :             /* syntax error in list */
 4826 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1233         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             ereport(FATAL,
                               1234                 :                :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
                               1235                 :                :                      errmsg("invalid list syntax in parameter \"%s\"",
                               1236                 :                :                             "unix_socket_directories")));
                               1237                 :                :         }
                               1238                 :                : 
 4826 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1239   [ +  -  +  +  :CBC        1652 :         foreach(l, elemlist)
                                              +  + ]
                               1240                 :                :         {
                               1241                 :            826 :             char       *socketdir = (char *) lfirst(l);
                               1242                 :                : 
  594 heikki.linnakangas@i     1243                 :            826 :             status = ListenServerPort(AF_UNIX, NULL,
 4826 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1244                 :            826 :                                       (unsigned short) PostPortNumber,
                               1245                 :                :                                       socketdir,
                               1246                 :                :                                       ListenSockets,
                               1247                 :                :                                       &NumListenSockets,
                               1248                 :                :                                       MAXLISTEN);
                               1249                 :                : 
                               1250         [ +  - ]:            826 :             if (status == STATUS_OK)
                               1251                 :                :             {
                               1252                 :            826 :                 success++;
                               1253                 :                :                 /* record the first successful Unix socket in lockfile */
                               1254         [ +  - ]:            826 :                 if (success == 1)
                               1255                 :            826 :                     AddToDataDirLockFile(LOCK_FILE_LINE_SOCKET_DIR, socketdir);
                               1256                 :                :             }
                               1257                 :                :             else
 4826 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1258         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                 ereport(WARNING,
                               1259                 :                :                         (errmsg("could not create Unix-domain socket in directory \"%s\"",
                               1260                 :                :                                 socketdir)));
                               1261                 :                :         }
                               1262                 :                : 
 4826 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1263   [ -  +  -  - ]:CBC         826 :         if (!success && elemlist != NIL)
 4826 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1264         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             ereport(FATAL,
                               1265                 :                :                     (errmsg("could not create any Unix-domain sockets")));
                               1266                 :                : 
 4826 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1267                 :CBC         826 :         list_free_deep(elemlist);
                               1268                 :            826 :         pfree(rawstring);
                               1269                 :                :     }
                               1270                 :                : 
                               1271                 :                :     /*
                               1272                 :                :      * check that we have some socket to listen on
                               1273                 :                :      */
  753 heikki.linnakangas@i     1274         [ -  + ]:            826 :     if (NumListenSockets == 0)
 7888 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1275         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(FATAL,
                               1276                 :                :                 (errmsg("no socket created for listening")));
                               1277                 :                : 
                               1278                 :                :     /*
                               1279                 :                :      * If no valid TCP ports, write an empty line for listen address,
                               1280                 :                :      * indicating the Unix socket must be used.  Note that this line is not
                               1281                 :                :      * added to the lock file until there is a socket backing it.
                               1282                 :                :      */
 5401 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1283         [ +  + ]:CBC         826 :     if (!listen_addr_saved)
                               1284                 :            793 :         AddToDataDirLockFile(LOCK_FILE_LINE_LISTEN_ADDR, "");
                               1285                 :                : 
                               1286                 :                :     /*
                               1287                 :                :      * Record postmaster options.  We delay this till now to avoid recording
                               1288                 :                :      * bogus options (eg, unusable port number).
                               1289                 :                :      */
 7837 bruce@momjian.us         1290         [ -  + ]:            826 :     if (!CreateOptsFile(argc, argv, my_exec_path))
 9098 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1291                 :UBC           0 :         ExitPostmaster(1);
                               1292                 :                : 
                               1293                 :                :     /*
                               1294                 :                :      * Write the external PID file if requested
                               1295                 :                :      */
 7688 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1296         [ -  + ]:CBC         826 :     if (external_pid_file)
                               1297                 :                :     {
 7688 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1298                 :UBC           0 :         FILE       *fpidfile = fopen(external_pid_file, "w");
                               1299                 :                : 
 7689                          1300         [ #  # ]:              0 :         if (fpidfile)
                               1301                 :                :         {
                               1302                 :              0 :             fprintf(fpidfile, "%d\n", MyProcPid);
                               1303                 :              0 :             fclose(fpidfile);
                               1304                 :                : 
                               1305                 :                :             /* Make PID file world readable */
 5244 peter_e@gmx.net          1306         [ #  # ]:              0 :             if (chmod(external_pid_file, S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IROTH) != 0)
  594 michael@paquier.xyz      1307                 :              0 :                 write_stderr("%s: could not change permissions of external PID file \"%s\": %m\n",
                               1308                 :                :                              progname, external_pid_file);
                               1309                 :                :         }
                               1310                 :                :         else
                               1311                 :              0 :             write_stderr("%s: could not write external PID file \"%s\": %m\n",
                               1312                 :                :                          progname, external_pid_file);
                               1313                 :                : 
 4816 peter_e@gmx.net          1314                 :              0 :         on_proc_exit(unlink_external_pid_file, 0);
                               1315                 :                :     }
                               1316                 :                : 
                               1317                 :                :     /*
                               1318                 :                :      * Remove old temporary files.  At this point there can be no other
                               1319                 :                :      * Postgres processes running in this directory, so this should be safe.
                               1320                 :                :      */
 3940 andres@anarazel.de       1321                 :CBC         826 :     RemovePgTempFiles();
                               1322                 :                : 
                               1323                 :                :     /*
                               1324                 :                :      * Initialize the autovacuum subsystem (again, no process start yet)
                               1325                 :                :      */
 7034 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1326                 :            826 :     autovac_init();
                               1327                 :                : 
                               1328                 :                :     /*
                               1329                 :                :      * Load configuration files for client authentication.
                               1330                 :                :      */
 5908                          1331         [ +  + ]:            826 :     if (!load_hba())
                               1332                 :                :     {
                               1333                 :                :         /*
                               1334                 :                :          * It makes no sense to continue if we fail to load the HBA file,
                               1335                 :                :          * since there is no way to connect to the database in this case.
                               1336                 :                :          */
                               1337         [ +  - ]:              1 :         ereport(FATAL,
                               1338                 :                :         /* translator: %s is a configuration file */
                               1339                 :                :                 (errmsg("could not load %s", HbaFileName)));
                               1340                 :                :     }
 4784 heikki.linnakangas@i     1341                 :            825 :     if (!load_ident())
                               1342                 :                :     {
                               1343                 :                :         /*
                               1344                 :                :          * We can start up without the IDENT file, although it means that you
                               1345                 :                :          * cannot log in using any of the authentication methods that need a
                               1346                 :                :          * user name mapping. load_ident() already logged the details of error
                               1347                 :                :          * to the log.
                               1348                 :                :          */
                               1349                 :                :     }
                               1350                 :                : 
                               1351                 :                : #ifdef HAVE_PTHREAD_IS_THREADED_NP
                               1352                 :                : 
                               1353                 :                :     /*
                               1354                 :                :      * On macOS, libintl replaces setlocale() with a version that calls
                               1355                 :                :      * CFLocaleCopyCurrent() when its second argument is "" and every relevant
                               1356                 :                :      * environment variable is unset or empty.  CFLocaleCopyCurrent() makes
                               1357                 :                :      * the process multithreaded.  The postmaster calls sigprocmask() and
                               1358                 :                :      * calls fork() without an immediate exec(), both of which have undefined
                               1359                 :                :      * behavior in a multithreaded program.  A multithreaded postmaster is the
                               1360                 :                :      * normal case on Windows, which offers neither fork() nor sigprocmask().
                               1361                 :                :      * Currently, macOS is the only platform having pthread_is_threaded_np(),
                               1362                 :                :      * so we need not worry whether this HINT is appropriate elsewhere.
                               1363                 :                :      */
                               1364                 :                :     if (pthread_is_threaded_np() != 0)
                               1365                 :                :         ereport(FATAL,
                               1366                 :                :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                               1367                 :                :                  errmsg("postmaster became multithreaded during startup"),
                               1368                 :                :                  errhint("Set the LC_ALL environment variable to a valid locale.")));
                               1369                 :                : #endif
                               1370                 :                : 
                               1371                 :                :     /*
                               1372                 :                :      * Remember postmaster startup time
                               1373                 :                :      */
 7425 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1374                 :            825 :     PgStartTime = GetCurrentTimestamp();
                               1375                 :                : 
                               1376                 :                :     /*
                               1377                 :                :      * Report postmaster status in the postmaster.pid file, to allow pg_ctl to
                               1378                 :                :      * see what's happening.
                               1379                 :                :      */
 3043                          1380                 :            825 :     AddToDataDirLockFile(LOCK_FILE_LINE_PM_STATUS, PM_STATUS_STARTING);
                               1381                 :                : 
  223 andres@anarazel.de       1382                 :            825 :     UpdatePMState(PM_STARTUP);
                               1383                 :                : 
                               1384                 :                :     /* Make sure we can perform I/O while starting up. */
                               1385                 :            825 :     maybe_adjust_io_workers();
                               1386                 :                : 
                               1387                 :                :     /* Start bgwriter and checkpointer so they can help with recovery */
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     1388         [ +  - ]:            825 :     if (CheckpointerPMChild == NULL)
                               1389                 :            825 :         CheckpointerPMChild = StartChildProcess(B_CHECKPOINTER);
                               1390         [ +  - ]:            825 :     if (BgWriterPMChild == NULL)
                               1391                 :            825 :         BgWriterPMChild = StartChildProcess(B_BG_WRITER);
                               1392                 :                : 
                               1393                 :                :     /*
                               1394                 :                :      * We're ready to rock and roll...
                               1395                 :                :      */
                               1396                 :            825 :     StartupPMChild = StartChildProcess(B_STARTUP);
                               1397         [ -  + ]:            825 :     Assert(StartupPMChild != NULL);
 3763 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1398                 :            825 :     StartupStatus = STARTUP_RUNNING;
                               1399                 :                : 
                               1400                 :                :     /* Some workers may be scheduled to start now */
 3106                          1401                 :            825 :     maybe_start_bgworkers();
                               1402                 :                : 
10277 bruce@momjian.us         1403                 :            825 :     status = ServerLoop();
                               1404                 :                : 
                               1405                 :                :     /*
                               1406                 :                :      * ServerLoop probably shouldn't ever return, but if it does, close down.
                               1407                 :                :      */
10277 bruce@momjian.us         1408                 :UBC           0 :     ExitPostmaster(status != STATUS_OK);
                               1409                 :                : 
                               1410                 :                :     abort();                    /* not reached */
                               1411                 :                : }
                               1412                 :                : 
                               1413                 :                : 
                               1414                 :                : /*
                               1415                 :                :  * on_proc_exit callback to close server's listen sockets
                               1416                 :                :  */
                               1417                 :                : static void
 3739 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1418                 :CBC         826 : CloseServerPorts(int status, Datum arg)
                               1419                 :                : {
                               1420                 :                :     int         i;
                               1421                 :                : 
                               1422                 :                :     /*
                               1423                 :                :      * First, explicitly close all the socket FDs.  We used to just let this
                               1424                 :                :      * happen implicitly at postmaster exit, but it's better to close them
                               1425                 :                :      * before we remove the postmaster.pid lockfile; otherwise there's a race
                               1426                 :                :      * condition if a new postmaster wants to re-use the TCP port number.
                               1427                 :                :      */
  753 heikki.linnakangas@i     1428         [ +  + ]:           1685 :     for (i = 0; i < NumListenSockets; i++)
                               1429                 :                :     {
  594                          1430         [ -  + ]:            859 :         if (closesocket(ListenSockets[i]) != 0)
  594 heikki.linnakangas@i     1431         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             elog(LOG, "could not close listen socket: %m");
                               1432                 :                :     }
  753 heikki.linnakangas@i     1433                 :CBC         826 :     NumListenSockets = 0;
                               1434                 :                : 
                               1435                 :                :     /*
                               1436                 :                :      * Next, remove any filesystem entries for Unix sockets.  To avoid race
                               1437                 :                :      * conditions against incoming postmasters, this must happen after closing
                               1438                 :                :      * the sockets and before removing lock files.
                               1439                 :                :      */
 3739 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1440                 :            826 :     RemoveSocketFiles();
                               1441                 :                : 
                               1442                 :                :     /*
                               1443                 :                :      * We don't do anything about socket lock files here; those will be
                               1444                 :                :      * removed in a later on_proc_exit callback.
                               1445                 :                :      */
                               1446                 :            826 : }
                               1447                 :                : 
                               1448                 :                : /*
                               1449                 :                :  * on_proc_exit callback to delete external_pid_file
                               1450                 :                :  */
                               1451                 :                : static void
 4816 peter_e@gmx.net          1452                 :UBC           0 : unlink_external_pid_file(int status, Datum arg)
                               1453                 :                : {
                               1454         [ #  # ]:              0 :     if (external_pid_file)
                               1455                 :              0 :         unlink(external_pid_file);
                               1456                 :              0 : }
                               1457                 :                : 
                               1458                 :                : 
                               1459                 :                : /*
                               1460                 :                :  * Compute and check the directory paths to files that are part of the
                               1461                 :                :  * installation (as deduced from the postgres executable's own location)
                               1462                 :                :  */
                               1463                 :                : static void
 6022 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1464                 :CBC         841 : getInstallationPaths(const char *argv0)
                               1465                 :                : {
                               1466                 :                :     DIR        *pdir;
                               1467                 :                : 
                               1468                 :                :     /* Locate the postgres executable itself */
                               1469         [ -  + ]:            841 :     if (find_my_exec(argv0, my_exec_path) < 0)
 1788 peter@eisentraut.org     1470         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(FATAL,
                               1471                 :                :                 (errmsg("%s: could not locate my own executable path", argv0)));
                               1472                 :                : 
                               1473                 :                : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
                               1474                 :                :     /* Locate executable backend before we change working directory */
                               1475                 :                :     if (find_other_exec(argv0, "postgres", PG_BACKEND_VERSIONSTR,
                               1476                 :                :                         postgres_exec_path) < 0)
                               1477                 :                :         ereport(FATAL,
                               1478                 :                :                 (errmsg("%s: could not locate matching postgres executable",
                               1479                 :                :                         argv0)));
                               1480                 :                : #endif
                               1481                 :                : 
                               1482                 :                :     /*
                               1483                 :                :      * Locate the pkglib directory --- this has to be set early in case we try
                               1484                 :                :      * to load any modules from it in response to postgresql.conf entries.
                               1485                 :                :      */
 6022 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1486                 :CBC         841 :     get_pkglib_path(my_exec_path, pkglib_path);
                               1487                 :                : 
                               1488                 :                :     /*
                               1489                 :                :      * Verify that there's a readable directory there; otherwise the Postgres
                               1490                 :                :      * installation is incomplete or corrupt.  (A typical cause of this
                               1491                 :                :      * failure is that the postgres executable has been moved or hardlinked to
                               1492                 :                :      * some directory that's not a sibling of the installation lib/
                               1493                 :                :      * directory.)
                               1494                 :                :      */
                               1495                 :            841 :     pdir = AllocateDir(pkglib_path);
                               1496         [ -  + ]:            841 :     if (pdir == NULL)
 6022 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1497         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                               1498                 :                :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
                               1499                 :                :                  errmsg("could not open directory \"%s\": %m",
                               1500                 :                :                         pkglib_path),
                               1501                 :                :                  errhint("This may indicate an incomplete PostgreSQL installation, or that the file \"%s\" has been moved away from its proper location.",
                               1502                 :                :                          my_exec_path)));
 6022 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1503                 :CBC         841 :     FreeDir(pdir);
                               1504                 :                : 
                               1505                 :                :     /*
                               1506                 :                :      * It's not worth checking the share/ directory.  If the lib/ directory is
                               1507                 :                :      * there, then share/ probably is too.
                               1508                 :                :      */
                               1509                 :            841 : }
                               1510                 :                : 
                               1511                 :                : /*
                               1512                 :                :  * Check that pg_control exists in the correct location in the data directory.
                               1513                 :                :  *
                               1514                 :                :  * No attempt is made to validate the contents of pg_control here.  This is
                               1515                 :                :  * just a sanity check to see if we are looking at a real data directory.
                               1516                 :                :  */
                               1517                 :                : static void
 2760 sfrost@snowman.net       1518                 :            834 : checkControlFile(void)
                               1519                 :                : {
                               1520                 :                :     char        path[MAXPGPATH];
                               1521                 :                :     FILE       *fp;
                               1522                 :                : 
  203 fujii@postgresql.org     1523                 :            834 :     snprintf(path, sizeof(path), "%s/%s", DataDir, XLOG_CONTROL_FILE);
                               1524                 :                : 
 7822 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1525                 :            834 :     fp = AllocateFile(path, PG_BINARY_R);
                               1526         [ -  + ]:            834 :     if (fp == NULL)
                               1527                 :                :     {
 7768 bruce@momjian.us         1528                 :UBC           0 :         write_stderr("%s: could not find the database system\n"
                               1529                 :                :                      "Expected to find it in the directory \"%s\",\n"
                               1530                 :                :                      "but could not open file \"%s\": %m\n",
                               1531                 :                :                      progname, DataDir, path);
 7822 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1532                 :              0 :         ExitPostmaster(2);
                               1533                 :                :     }
 7822 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1534                 :CBC         834 :     FreeFile(fp);
                               1535                 :            834 : }
                               1536                 :                : 
                               1537                 :                : /*
                               1538                 :                :  * Determine how long should we let ServerLoop sleep, in milliseconds.
                               1539                 :                :  *
                               1540                 :                :  * In normal conditions we wait at most one minute, to ensure that the other
                               1541                 :                :  * background tasks handled by ServerLoop get done even when no requests are
                               1542                 :                :  * arriving.  However, if there are background workers waiting to be started,
                               1543                 :                :  * we don't actually sleep so that they are quickly serviced.  Other exception
                               1544                 :                :  * cases are as shown in the code.
                               1545                 :                :  */
                               1546                 :                : static int
 1019 tmunro@postgresql.or     1547                 :          37376 : DetermineSleepTime(void)
                               1548                 :                : {
 4708 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     1549                 :          37376 :     TimestampTz next_wakeup = 0;
                               1550                 :                : 
                               1551                 :                :     /*
                               1552                 :                :      * Normal case: either there are no background workers at all, or we're in
                               1553                 :                :      * a shutdown sequence (during which we ignore bgworkers altogether).
                               1554                 :                :      */
                               1555         [ +  + ]:          37376 :     if (Shutdown > NoShutdown ||
                               1556   [ +  -  +  - ]:          30953 :         (!StartWorkerNeeded && !HaveCrashedWorker))
                               1557                 :                :     {
 3783 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1558         [ +  + ]:          37376 :         if (AbortStartTime != 0)
                               1559                 :                :         {
    5 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1560                 :GNC        1421 :             time_t      curtime = time(NULL);
                               1561                 :                :             int         seconds;
                               1562                 :                : 
                               1563                 :                :             /*
                               1564                 :                :              * time left to abort; clamp to 0 if it already expired, or if
                               1565                 :                :              * time goes backwards
                               1566                 :                :              */
                               1567         [ +  - ]:           1421 :             if (curtime < AbortStartTime ||
                               1568         [ -  + ]:           1421 :                 curtime - AbortStartTime >= SIGKILL_CHILDREN_AFTER_SECS)
    5 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1569                 :UNC           0 :                 seconds = 0;
                               1570                 :                :             else
    5 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1571                 :GNC        1421 :                 seconds = SIGKILL_CHILDREN_AFTER_SECS -
                               1572                 :                :                     (curtime - AbortStartTime);
                               1573                 :                : 
                               1574                 :           1421 :             return seconds * 1000;
                               1575                 :                :         }
                               1576                 :                :         else
 1019 tmunro@postgresql.or     1577                 :CBC       35955 :             return 60 * 1000;
                               1578                 :                :     }
                               1579                 :                : 
 4708 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     1580         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :     if (StartWorkerNeeded)
 1019 tmunro@postgresql.or     1581                 :              0 :         return 0;
                               1582                 :                : 
 4708 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     1583         [ #  # ]:              0 :     if (HaveCrashedWorker)
                               1584                 :                :     {
                               1585                 :                :         dlist_mutable_iter iter;
                               1586                 :                : 
                               1587                 :                :         /*
                               1588                 :                :          * When there are crashed bgworkers, we sleep just long enough that
                               1589                 :                :          * they are restarted when they request to be.  Scan the list to
                               1590                 :                :          * determine the minimum of all wakeup times according to most recent
                               1591                 :                :          * crash time and requested restart interval.
                               1592                 :                :          */
  444 heikki.linnakangas@i     1593   [ #  #  #  # ]:              0 :         dlist_foreach_modify(iter, &BackgroundWorkerList)
                               1594                 :                :         {
                               1595                 :                :             RegisteredBgWorker *rw;
                               1596                 :                :             TimestampTz this_wakeup;
                               1597                 :                : 
                               1598                 :              0 :             rw = dlist_container(RegisteredBgWorker, rw_lnode, iter.cur);
                               1599                 :                : 
 4708 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     1600         [ #  # ]:              0 :             if (rw->rw_crashed_at == 0)
                               1601                 :              0 :                 continue;
                               1602                 :                : 
 4392 rhaas@postgresql.org     1603         [ #  # ]:              0 :             if (rw->rw_worker.bgw_restart_time == BGW_NEVER_RESTART
                               1604         [ #  # ]:              0 :                 || rw->rw_terminate)
                               1605                 :                :             {
  444 heikki.linnakangas@i     1606                 :              0 :                 ForgetBackgroundWorker(rw);
 4708 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     1607                 :              0 :                 continue;
                               1608                 :                :             }
                               1609                 :                : 
                               1610                 :              0 :             this_wakeup = TimestampTzPlusMilliseconds(rw->rw_crashed_at,
                               1611                 :                :                                                       1000L * rw->rw_worker.bgw_restart_time);
                               1612   [ #  #  #  # ]:              0 :             if (next_wakeup == 0 || this_wakeup < next_wakeup)
                               1613                 :              0 :                 next_wakeup = this_wakeup;
                               1614                 :                :         }
                               1615                 :                :     }
                               1616                 :                : 
                               1617         [ #  # ]:              0 :     if (next_wakeup != 0)
                               1618                 :                :     {
                               1619                 :                :         int         ms;
                               1620                 :                : 
                               1621                 :                :         /* result of TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds is in [0, INT_MAX] */
 1005 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1622                 :              0 :         ms = (int) TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds(GetCurrentTimestamp(),
                               1623                 :                :                                                    next_wakeup);
                               1624                 :              0 :         return Min(60 * 1000, ms);
                               1625                 :                :     }
                               1626                 :                : 
 1019 tmunro@postgresql.or     1627                 :              0 :     return 60 * 1000;
                               1628                 :                : }
                               1629                 :                : 
                               1630                 :                : /*
                               1631                 :                :  * Activate or deactivate notifications of server socket events.  Since we
                               1632                 :                :  * don't currently have a way to remove events from an existing WaitEventSet,
                               1633                 :                :  * we'll just destroy and recreate the whole thing.  This is called during
                               1634                 :                :  * shutdown so we can wait for backends to exit without accepting new
                               1635                 :                :  * connections, and during crash reinitialization when we need to start
                               1636                 :                :  * listening for new connections again.  The WaitEventSet will be freed in fork
                               1637                 :                :  * children by ClosePostmasterPorts().
                               1638                 :                :  */
                               1639                 :                : static void
 1019 tmunro@postgresql.or     1640                 :CBC        1658 : ConfigurePostmasterWaitSet(bool accept_connections)
                               1641                 :                : {
                               1642         [ +  + ]:           1658 :     if (pm_wait_set)
                               1643                 :            833 :         FreeWaitEventSet(pm_wait_set);
                               1644                 :           1658 :     pm_wait_set = NULL;
                               1645                 :                : 
  704 heikki.linnakangas@i     1646         [ +  + ]:           2487 :     pm_wait_set = CreateWaitEventSet(NULL,
  753                          1647                 :            829 :                                      accept_connections ? (1 + NumListenSockets) : 1);
 1019 tmunro@postgresql.or     1648                 :           1658 :     AddWaitEventToSet(pm_wait_set, WL_LATCH_SET, PGINVALID_SOCKET, MyLatch,
                               1649                 :                :                       NULL);
                               1650                 :                : 
                               1651         [ +  + ]:           1658 :     if (accept_connections)
                               1652                 :                :     {
  753 heikki.linnakangas@i     1653         [ +  + ]:           1691 :         for (int i = 0; i < NumListenSockets; i++)
                               1654                 :            862 :             AddWaitEventToSet(pm_wait_set, WL_SOCKET_ACCEPT, ListenSockets[i],
                               1655                 :                :                               NULL, NULL);
                               1656                 :                :     }
 1019 tmunro@postgresql.or     1657                 :           1658 : }
                               1658                 :                : 
                               1659                 :                : /*
                               1660                 :                :  * Main idle loop of postmaster
                               1661                 :                :  */
                               1662                 :                : static int
10615 scrappy@hub.org          1663                 :            825 : ServerLoop(void)
                               1664                 :                : {
                               1665                 :                :     time_t      last_lockfile_recheck_time,
                               1666                 :                :                 last_touch_time;
                               1667                 :                :     WaitEvent   events[MAXLISTEN];
                               1668                 :                :     int         nevents;
                               1669                 :                : 
 1019 tmunro@postgresql.or     1670                 :            825 :     ConfigurePostmasterWaitSet(true);
 3674 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1671                 :            825 :     last_lockfile_recheck_time = last_touch_time = time(NULL);
                               1672                 :                : 
                               1673                 :                :     for (;;)
10277 bruce@momjian.us         1674                 :          36551 :     {
                               1675                 :                :         time_t      now;
                               1676                 :                : 
 1019 tmunro@postgresql.or     1677                 :          37376 :         nevents = WaitEventSetWait(pm_wait_set,
                               1678                 :          37376 :                                    DetermineSleepTime(),
                               1679                 :                :                                    events,
                               1680                 :                :                                    lengthof(events),
                               1681                 :                :                                    0 /* postmaster posts no wait_events */ );
                               1682                 :                : 
                               1683                 :                :         /*
                               1684                 :                :          * Latch set by signal handler, or new connection pending on any of
                               1685                 :                :          * our sockets? If the latter, fork a child process to deal with it.
                               1686                 :                :          */
                               1687         [ +  + ]:          73932 :         for (int i = 0; i < nevents; i++)
                               1688                 :                :         {
                               1689         [ +  + ]:          37381 :             if (events[i].events & WL_LATCH_SET)
                               1690                 :          24589 :                 ResetLatch(MyLatch);
                               1691                 :                : 
                               1692                 :                :             /*
                               1693                 :                :              * The following requests are handled unconditionally, even if we
                               1694                 :                :              * didn't see WL_LATCH_SET.  This gives high priority to shutdown
                               1695                 :                :              * and reload requests where the latch happens to appear later in
                               1696                 :                :              * events[] or will be reported by a later call to
                               1697                 :                :              * WaitEventSetWait().
                               1698                 :                :              */
 1006                          1699         [ +  + ]:          37381 :             if (pending_pm_shutdown_request)
                               1700                 :            822 :                 process_pm_shutdown_request();
                               1701         [ +  + ]:          37381 :             if (pending_pm_reload_request)
                               1702                 :            135 :                 process_pm_reload_request();
                               1703         [ +  + ]:          37381 :             if (pending_pm_child_exit)
                               1704                 :          20186 :                 process_pm_child_exit();
                               1705         [ +  + ]:          36556 :             if (pending_pm_pmsignal)
                               1706                 :           3501 :                 process_pm_pmsignal();
                               1707                 :                : 
                               1708         [ +  + ]:          36556 :             if (events[i].events & WL_SOCKET_ACCEPT)
                               1709                 :                :             {
                               1710                 :                :                 ClientSocket s;
                               1711                 :                : 
  594 heikki.linnakangas@i     1712         [ +  - ]:          12792 :                 if (AcceptConnection(events[i].fd, &s) == STATUS_OK)
                               1713                 :          12792 :                     BackendStartup(&s);
                               1714                 :                : 
                               1715                 :                :                 /* We no longer need the open socket in this process */
                               1716         [ +  - ]:          12792 :                 if (s.sock != PGINVALID_SOCKET)
                               1717                 :                :                 {
                               1718         [ -  + ]:          12792 :                     if (closesocket(s.sock) != 0)
  594 heikki.linnakangas@i     1719         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                         elog(LOG, "could not close client socket: %m");
                               1720                 :                :                 }
                               1721                 :                :             }
                               1722                 :                :         }
                               1723                 :                : 
                               1724                 :                :         /*
                               1725                 :                :          * If we need to launch any background processes after changing state
                               1726                 :                :          * or because some exited, do so now.
                               1727                 :                :          */
  441 heikki.linnakangas@i     1728                 :CBC       36551 :         LaunchMissingBackgroundProcesses();
                               1729                 :                : 
                               1730                 :                :         /* If we need to signal the autovacuum launcher, do so now */
 5908 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     1731         [ -  + ]:          36551 :         if (avlauncher_needs_signal)
                               1732                 :                :         {
 5908 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     1733                 :UBC           0 :             avlauncher_needs_signal = false;
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     1734         [ #  # ]:              0 :             if (AutoVacLauncherPMChild != NULL)
  290 andres@anarazel.de       1735                 :              0 :                 signal_child(AutoVacLauncherPMChild, SIGUSR2);
                               1736                 :                :         }
                               1737                 :                : 
                               1738                 :                : #ifdef HAVE_PTHREAD_IS_THREADED_NP
                               1739                 :                : 
                               1740                 :                :         /*
                               1741                 :                :          * With assertions enabled, check regularly for appearance of
                               1742                 :                :          * additional threads.  All builds check at start and exit.
                               1743                 :                :          */
                               1744                 :                :         Assert(pthread_is_threaded_np() == 0);
                               1745                 :                : #endif
                               1746                 :                : 
                               1747                 :                :         /*
                               1748                 :                :          * Lastly, check to see if it's time to do some things that we don't
                               1749                 :                :          * want to do every single time through the loop, because they're a
                               1750                 :                :          * bit expensive.  Note that there's up to a minute of slop in when
                               1751                 :                :          * these tasks will be performed, since DetermineSleepTime() will let
                               1752                 :                :          * us sleep at most that long; except for SIGKILL timeout which has
                               1753                 :                :          * special-case logic there.
                               1754                 :                :          */
 3671 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1755                 :CBC       36551 :         now = time(NULL);
                               1756                 :                : 
                               1757                 :                :         /*
                               1758                 :                :          * If we already sent SIGQUIT to children and they are slow to shut
                               1759                 :                :          * down, it's time to send them SIGKILL (or SIGABRT if requested).
                               1760                 :                :          * This doesn't happen normally, but under certain conditions backends
                               1761                 :                :          * can get stuck while shutting down.  This is a last measure to get
                               1762                 :                :          * them unwedged.
                               1763                 :                :          *
                               1764                 :                :          * Note we also do this during recovery from a process crash.
                               1765                 :                :          */
 1071                          1766   [ +  +  +  + ]:          36551 :         if ((Shutdown >= ImmediateShutdown || FatalError) &&
 3783                          1767         [ +  + ]:           1427 :             AbortStartTime != 0 &&
                               1768         [ -  + ]:           1421 :             (now - AbortStartTime) >= SIGKILL_CHILDREN_AFTER_SECS)
                               1769                 :                :         {
                               1770                 :                :             /* We were gentle with them before. Not anymore */
 1872 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1771   [ #  #  #  # ]:UBC           0 :             ereport(LOG,
                               1772                 :                :             /* translator: %s is SIGKILL or SIGABRT */
                               1773                 :                :                     (errmsg("issuing %s to recalcitrant children",
                               1774                 :                :                             send_abort_for_kill ? "SIGABRT" : "SIGKILL")));
 1071                          1775         [ #  # ]:              0 :             TerminateChildren(send_abort_for_kill ? SIGABRT : SIGKILL);
                               1776                 :                :             /* reset flag so we don't SIGKILL again */
 4405 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     1777                 :              0 :             AbortStartTime = 0;
                               1778                 :                :         }
                               1779                 :                : 
                               1780                 :                :         /*
                               1781                 :                :          * Once a minute, verify that postmaster.pid hasn't been removed or
                               1782                 :                :          * overwritten.  If it has, we force a shutdown.  This avoids having
                               1783                 :                :          * postmasters and child processes hanging around after their database
                               1784                 :                :          * is gone, and maybe causing problems if a new database cluster is
                               1785                 :                :          * created in the same place.  It also provides some protection
                               1786                 :                :          * against a DBA foolishly removing postmaster.pid and manually
                               1787                 :                :          * starting a new postmaster.  Data corruption is likely to ensue from
                               1788                 :                :          * that anyway, but we can minimize the damage by aborting ASAP.
                               1789                 :                :          */
 3674 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1790         [ +  + ]:CBC       36551 :         if (now - last_lockfile_recheck_time >= 1 * SECS_PER_MINUTE)
                               1791                 :                :         {
                               1792         [ -  + ]:             13 :             if (!RecheckDataDirLockFile())
                               1793                 :                :             {
 3674 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1794         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                 ereport(LOG,
                               1795                 :                :                         (errmsg("performing immediate shutdown because data directory lock file is invalid")));
                               1796                 :              0 :                 kill(MyProcPid, SIGQUIT);
                               1797                 :                :             }
 3674 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1798                 :CBC          13 :             last_lockfile_recheck_time = now;
                               1799                 :                :         }
                               1800                 :                : 
                               1801                 :                :         /*
                               1802                 :                :          * Touch Unix socket and lock files every 58 minutes, to ensure that
                               1803                 :                :          * they are not removed by overzealous /tmp-cleaning tasks.  We assume
                               1804                 :                :          * no one runs cleaners with cutoff times of less than an hour ...
                               1805                 :                :          */
                               1806         [ -  + ]:          36551 :         if (now - last_touch_time >= 58 * SECS_PER_MINUTE)
                               1807                 :                :         {
 3674 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1808                 :UBC           0 :             TouchSocketFiles();
                               1809                 :              0 :             TouchSocketLockFiles();
                               1810                 :              0 :             last_touch_time = now;
                               1811                 :                :         }
                               1812                 :                :     }
                               1813                 :                : }
                               1814                 :                : 
                               1815                 :                : /*
                               1816                 :                :  * canAcceptConnections --- check to see if database state allows connections
                               1817                 :                :  * of the specified type.  backend_type can be B_BACKEND or B_AUTOVAC_WORKER.
                               1818                 :                :  * (Note that we don't yet know whether a normal B_BACKEND connection might
                               1819                 :                :  * turn into a walsender.)
                               1820                 :                :  */
                               1821                 :                : static CAC_state
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     1822                 :CBC       12826 : canAcceptConnections(BackendType backend_type)
                               1823                 :                : {
 5461 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1824                 :          12826 :     CAC_state   result = CAC_OK;
                               1825                 :                : 
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     1826   [ +  +  -  + ]:          12826 :     Assert(backend_type == B_BACKEND || backend_type == B_AUTOVAC_WORKER);
                               1827                 :                : 
                               1828                 :                :     /*
                               1829                 :                :      * Can't start backends when in startup/shutdown/inconsistent recovery
                               1830                 :                :      * state.  We treat autovac workers the same as user backends for this
                               1831                 :                :      * purpose.
                               1832                 :                :      */
                               1833   [ +  +  +  + ]:          12826 :     if (pmState != PM_RUN && pmState != PM_HOT_STANDBY)
                               1834                 :                :     {
 1900 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1835         [ +  + ]:            287 :         if (Shutdown > NoShutdown)
 6556 bruce@momjian.us         1836                 :             37 :             return CAC_SHUTDOWN;    /* shutdown is pending */
 1677 fujii@postgresql.org     1837   [ +  +  +  + ]:            250 :         else if (!FatalError && pmState == PM_STARTUP)
 5314 bruce@momjian.us         1838                 :            242 :             return CAC_STARTUP; /* normal startup */
 1677 fujii@postgresql.org     1839   [ +  +  +  - ]:              8 :         else if (!FatalError && pmState == PM_RECOVERY)
  208                          1840                 :              6 :             return CAC_NOTHOTSTANDBY;   /* not yet ready for hot standby */
                               1841                 :                :         else
 5461 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1842                 :              2 :             return CAC_RECOVERY;    /* else must be crash recovery */
                               1843                 :                :     }
                               1844                 :                : 
                               1845                 :                :     /*
                               1846                 :                :      * "Smart shutdown" restrictions are applied only to normal connections,
                               1847                 :                :      * not to autovac workers.
                               1848                 :                :      */
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     1849   [ -  +  -  - ]:          12539 :     if (!connsAllowed && backend_type == B_BACKEND)
 1300 sfrost@snowman.net       1850                 :UBC           0 :         return CAC_SHUTDOWN;    /* shutdown is pending */
                               1851                 :                : 
 5461 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1852                 :CBC       12539 :     return result;
                               1853                 :                : }
                               1854                 :                : 
                               1855                 :                : /*
                               1856                 :                :  * ClosePostmasterPorts -- close all the postmaster's open sockets
                               1857                 :                :  *
                               1858                 :                :  * This is called during child process startup to release file descriptors
                               1859                 :                :  * that are not needed by that child process.  The postmaster still has
                               1860                 :                :  * them open, of course.
                               1861                 :                :  *
                               1862                 :                :  * Note: we pass am_syslogger as a boolean because we don't want to set
                               1863                 :                :  * the global variable yet when this is called.
                               1864                 :                :  */
                               1865                 :                : void
 7753                          1866                 :          19312 : ClosePostmasterPorts(bool am_syslogger)
                               1867                 :                : {
                               1868                 :                :     /* Release resources held by the postmaster's WaitEventSet. */
 1019 tmunro@postgresql.or     1869         [ +  + ]:          19312 :     if (pm_wait_set)
                               1870                 :                :     {
                               1871                 :          15998 :         FreeWaitEventSetAfterFork(pm_wait_set);
                               1872                 :          15998 :         pm_wait_set = NULL;
                               1873                 :                :     }
                               1874                 :                : 
                               1875                 :                : #ifndef WIN32
                               1876                 :                : 
                               1877                 :                :     /*
                               1878                 :                :      * Close the write end of postmaster death watch pipe. It's important to
                               1879                 :                :      * do this as early as possible, so that if postmaster dies, others won't
                               1880                 :                :      * think that it's still running because we're holding the pipe open.
                               1881                 :                :      */
 2305 peter@eisentraut.org     1882         [ -  + ]:          19312 :     if (close(postmaster_alive_fds[POSTMASTER_FD_OWN]) != 0)
 5225 heikki.linnakangas@i     1883         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(FATAL,
                               1884                 :                :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
                               1885                 :                :                  errmsg_internal("could not close postmaster death monitoring pipe in child process: %m")));
 5225 heikki.linnakangas@i     1886                 :CBC       19312 :     postmaster_alive_fds[POSTMASTER_FD_OWN] = -1;
                               1887                 :                :     /* Notify fd.c that we released one pipe FD. */
 2072 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1888                 :          19312 :     ReleaseExternalFD();
                               1889                 :                : #endif
                               1890                 :                : 
                               1891                 :                :     /*
                               1892                 :                :      * Close the postmaster's listen sockets.  These aren't tracked by fd.c,
                               1893                 :                :      * so we don't call ReleaseExternalFD() here.
                               1894                 :                :      *
                               1895                 :                :      * The listen sockets are marked as FD_CLOEXEC, so this isn't needed in
                               1896                 :                :      * EXEC_BACKEND mode.
                               1897                 :                :      */
                               1898                 :                : #ifndef EXEC_BACKEND
  752 heikki.linnakangas@i     1899         [ +  + ]:          19312 :     if (ListenSockets)
                               1900                 :                :     {
                               1901         [ +  + ]:          39251 :         for (int i = 0; i < NumListenSockets; i++)
                               1902                 :                :         {
  594                          1903         [ -  + ]:          19940 :             if (closesocket(ListenSockets[i]) != 0)
  594 heikki.linnakangas@i     1904         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                 elog(LOG, "could not close listen socket: %m");
                               1905                 :                :         }
  752 heikki.linnakangas@i     1906                 :CBC       19311 :         pfree(ListenSockets);
                               1907                 :                :     }
  753                          1908                 :          19312 :     NumListenSockets = 0;
                               1909                 :          19312 :     ListenSockets = NULL;
                               1910                 :                : #endif
                               1911                 :                : 
                               1912                 :                :     /*
                               1913                 :                :      * If using syslogger, close the read side of the pipe.  We don't bother
                               1914                 :                :      * tracking this in fd.c, either.
                               1915                 :                :      */
 7753 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1916         [ +  + ]:          19312 :     if (!am_syslogger)
                               1917                 :                :     {
                               1918                 :                : #ifndef WIN32
                               1919         [ +  + ]:          19311 :         if (syslogPipe[0] >= 0)
                               1920                 :             17 :             close(syslogPipe[0]);
                               1921                 :          19311 :         syslogPipe[0] = -1;
                               1922                 :                : #else
                               1923                 :                :         if (syslogPipe[0])
                               1924                 :                :             CloseHandle(syslogPipe[0]);
                               1925                 :                :         syslogPipe[0] = 0;
                               1926                 :                : #endif
                               1927                 :                :     }
                               1928                 :                : 
                               1929                 :                : #ifdef USE_BONJOUR
                               1930                 :                :     /* If using Bonjour, close the connection to the mDNS daemon */
                               1931                 :                :     if (bonjour_sdref)
                               1932                 :                :         close(DNSServiceRefSockFD(bonjour_sdref));
                               1933                 :                : #endif
 9027                          1934                 :          19312 : }
                               1935                 :                : 
                               1936                 :                : 
                               1937                 :                : /*
                               1938                 :                :  * InitProcessGlobals -- set MyStartTime[stamp], random seeds
                               1939                 :                :  *
                               1940                 :                :  * Called early in the postmaster and every backend.
                               1941                 :                :  */
                               1942                 :                : void
 2565 tmunro@postgresql.or     1943                 :          20399 : InitProcessGlobals(void)
                               1944                 :                : {
                               1945                 :          20399 :     MyStartTimestamp = GetCurrentTimestamp();
                               1946                 :          20399 :     MyStartTime = timestamptz_to_time_t(MyStartTimestamp);
                               1947                 :                : 
                               1948                 :                :     /*
                               1949                 :                :      * Set a different global seed in every process.  We want something
                               1950                 :                :      * unpredictable, so if possible, use high-quality random bits for the
                               1951                 :                :      * seed.  Otherwise, fall back to a seed based on timestamp and PID.
                               1952                 :                :      */
 1429 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1953   [ +  -  -  + ]:          20399 :     if (unlikely(!pg_prng_strong_seed(&pg_global_prng_state)))
                               1954                 :                :     {
                               1955                 :                :         uint64      rseed;
                               1956                 :                : 
                               1957                 :                :         /*
                               1958                 :                :          * Since PIDs and timestamps tend to change more frequently in their
                               1959                 :                :          * least significant bits, shift the timestamp left to allow a larger
                               1960                 :                :          * total number of seeds in a given time period.  Since that would
                               1961                 :                :          * leave only 20 bits of the timestamp that cycle every ~1 second,
                               1962                 :                :          * also mix in some higher bits.
                               1963                 :                :          */
 2494 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1964                 :UBC           0 :         rseed = ((uint64) MyProcPid) ^
 2538 tmunro@postgresql.or     1965                 :              0 :             ((uint64) MyStartTimestamp << 12) ^
 2494 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1966                 :              0 :             ((uint64) MyStartTimestamp >> 20);
                               1967                 :                : 
 1429                          1968                 :              0 :         pg_prng_seed(&pg_global_prng_state, rseed);
                               1969                 :                :     }
                               1970                 :                : 
                               1971                 :                :     /*
                               1972                 :                :      * Also make sure that we've set a good seed for random(3).  Use of that
                               1973                 :                :      * is deprecated in core Postgres, but extensions might use it.
                               1974                 :                :      */
                               1975                 :                : #ifndef WIN32
 1429 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1976                 :CBC       20399 :     srandom(pg_prng_uint32(&pg_global_prng_state));
                               1977                 :                : #endif
 2565 tmunro@postgresql.or     1978                 :          20399 : }
                               1979                 :                : 
                               1980                 :                : /*
                               1981                 :                :  * Child processes use SIGUSR1 to notify us of 'pmsignals'.  pg_ctl uses
                               1982                 :                :  * SIGUSR1 to ask postmaster to check for logrotate and promote files.
                               1983                 :                :  */
                               1984                 :                : static void
 1019                          1985                 :           3537 : handle_pm_pmsignal_signal(SIGNAL_ARGS)
                               1986                 :                : {
                               1987                 :           3537 :     pending_pm_pmsignal = true;
                               1988                 :           3537 :     SetLatch(MyLatch);
                               1989                 :           3537 : }
                               1990                 :                : 
                               1991                 :                : /*
                               1992                 :                :  * pg_ctl uses SIGHUP to request a reload of the configuration files.
                               1993                 :                :  */
                               1994                 :                : static void
                               1995                 :            135 : handle_pm_reload_request_signal(SIGNAL_ARGS)
                               1996                 :                : {
                               1997                 :            135 :     pending_pm_reload_request = true;
                               1998                 :            135 :     SetLatch(MyLatch);
                               1999                 :            135 : }
                               2000                 :                : 
                               2001                 :                : /*
                               2002                 :                :  * Re-read config files, and tell children to do same.
                               2003                 :                :  */
                               2004                 :                : static void
                               2005                 :            135 : process_pm_reload_request(void)
                               2006                 :                : {
                               2007                 :            135 :     pending_pm_reload_request = false;
                               2008                 :                : 
                               2009         [ +  + ]:            135 :     ereport(DEBUG2,
                               2010                 :                :             (errmsg_internal("postmaster received reload request signal")));
                               2011                 :                : 
 8901 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2012         [ +  - ]:            135 :     if (Shutdown <= SmartShutdown)
                               2013                 :                :     {
 8133                          2014         [ +  - ]:            135 :         ereport(LOG,
                               2015                 :                :                 (errmsg("received SIGHUP, reloading configuration files")));
 8758                          2016                 :            135 :         ProcessConfigFile(PGC_SIGHUP);
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     2017                 :            135 :         SignalChildren(SIGHUP, btmask_all_except(B_DEAD_END_BACKEND));
                               2018                 :                : 
                               2019                 :                :         /* Reload authentication config files too */
 6251 magnus@hagander.net      2020         [ -  + ]:            135 :         if (!load_hba())
 3220 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2021         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             ereport(LOG,
                               2022                 :                :             /* translator: %s is a configuration file */
                               2023                 :                :                     (errmsg("%s was not reloaded", HbaFileName)));
                               2024                 :                : 
 4784 heikki.linnakangas@i     2025         [ -  + ]:CBC         135 :         if (!load_ident())
 3220 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2026         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             ereport(LOG,
                               2027                 :                :                     (errmsg("%s was not reloaded", IdentFileName)));
                               2028                 :                : 
                               2029                 :                : #ifdef USE_SSL
                               2030                 :                :         /* Reload SSL configuration as well */
 3220 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2031         [ +  + ]:CBC         135 :         if (EnableSSL)
                               2032                 :                :         {
                               2033         [ +  - ]:              2 :             if (secure_initialize(false) == 0)
                               2034                 :              2 :                 LoadedSSL = true;
                               2035                 :                :             else
 3220 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2036         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                 ereport(LOG,
                               2037                 :                :                         (errmsg("SSL configuration was not reloaded")));
                               2038                 :                :         }
                               2039                 :                :         else
                               2040                 :                :         {
 3220 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2041                 :CBC         133 :             secure_destroy();
                               2042                 :            133 :             LoadedSSL = false;
                               2043                 :                :         }
                               2044                 :                : #endif
                               2045                 :                : 
                               2046                 :                : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
                               2047                 :                :         /* Update the starting-point file for future children */
                               2048                 :                :         write_nondefault_variables(PGC_SIGHUP);
                               2049                 :                : #endif
                               2050                 :                :     }
 1019 tmunro@postgresql.or     2051                 :            135 : }
                               2052                 :                : 
                               2053                 :                : /*
                               2054                 :                :  * pg_ctl uses SIGTERM, SIGINT and SIGQUIT to request different types of
                               2055                 :                :  * shutdown.
                               2056                 :                :  */
                               2057                 :                : static void
                               2058                 :            822 : handle_pm_shutdown_request_signal(SIGNAL_ARGS)
                               2059                 :                : {
                               2060   [ +  +  +  - ]:            822 :     switch (postgres_signal_arg)
                               2061                 :                :     {
                               2062                 :             40 :         case SIGTERM:
                               2063                 :                :             /* smart is implied if the other two flags aren't set */
                               2064                 :             40 :             pending_pm_shutdown_request = true;
                               2065                 :             40 :             break;
                               2066                 :            466 :         case SIGINT:
                               2067                 :            466 :             pending_pm_fast_shutdown_request = true;
                               2068                 :            466 :             pending_pm_shutdown_request = true;
                               2069                 :            466 :             break;
                               2070                 :            316 :         case SIGQUIT:
                               2071                 :            316 :             pending_pm_immediate_shutdown_request = true;
                               2072                 :            316 :             pending_pm_shutdown_request = true;
                               2073                 :            316 :             break;
                               2074                 :                :     }
                               2075                 :            822 :     SetLatch(MyLatch);
 9280 peter_e@gmx.net          2076                 :            822 : }
                               2077                 :                : 
                               2078                 :                : /*
                               2079                 :                :  * Process shutdown request.
                               2080                 :                :  */
                               2081                 :                : static void
 1019 tmunro@postgresql.or     2082                 :            822 : process_pm_shutdown_request(void)
                               2083                 :                : {
                               2084                 :                :     int         mode;
                               2085                 :                : 
 8112 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2086         [ +  + ]:            822 :     ereport(DEBUG2,
                               2087                 :                :             (errmsg_internal("postmaster received shutdown request signal")));
                               2088                 :                : 
 1019 tmunro@postgresql.or     2089                 :            822 :     pending_pm_shutdown_request = false;
                               2090                 :                : 
                               2091                 :                :     /*
                               2092                 :                :      * If more than one shutdown request signal arrived since the last server
                               2093                 :                :      * loop, take the one that is the most immediate.  That matches the
                               2094                 :                :      * priority that would apply if we processed them one by one in any order.
                               2095                 :                :      */
                               2096         [ +  + ]:            822 :     if (pending_pm_immediate_shutdown_request)
                               2097                 :                :     {
                               2098                 :            316 :         pending_pm_immediate_shutdown_request = false;
                               2099                 :            316 :         pending_pm_fast_shutdown_request = false;
                               2100                 :            316 :         mode = ImmediateShutdown;
                               2101                 :                :     }
                               2102         [ +  + ]:            506 :     else if (pending_pm_fast_shutdown_request)
                               2103                 :                :     {
                               2104                 :            466 :         pending_pm_fast_shutdown_request = false;
                               2105                 :            466 :         mode = FastShutdown;
                               2106                 :                :     }
                               2107                 :                :     else
                               2108                 :             40 :         mode = SmartShutdown;
                               2109                 :                : 
                               2110   [ +  +  +  - ]:            822 :     switch (mode)
                               2111                 :                :     {
                               2112                 :             40 :         case SmartShutdown:
                               2113                 :                : 
                               2114                 :                :             /*
                               2115                 :                :              * Smart Shutdown:
                               2116                 :                :              *
                               2117                 :                :              * Wait for children to end their work, then shut down.
                               2118                 :                :              */
 9518 vadim4o@yahoo.com        2119         [ -  + ]:             40 :             if (Shutdown >= SmartShutdown)
 8758 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2120                 :UBC           0 :                 break;
 9518 vadim4o@yahoo.com        2121                 :CBC          40 :             Shutdown = SmartShutdown;
 8133 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2122         [ +  - ]:             40 :             ereport(LOG,
                               2123                 :                :                     (errmsg("received smart shutdown request")));
                               2124                 :                : 
                               2125                 :                :             /* Report status */
 3043                          2126                 :             40 :             AddToDataDirLockFile(LOCK_FILE_LINE_PM_STATUS, PM_STATUS_STOPPING);
                               2127                 :                : #ifdef USE_SYSTEMD
 3632 peter_e@gmx.net          2128                 :             40 :             sd_notify(0, "STOPPING=1");
                               2129                 :                : #endif
                               2130                 :                : 
                               2131                 :                :             /*
                               2132                 :                :              * If we reached normal running, we go straight to waiting for
                               2133                 :                :              * client backends to exit.  If already in PM_STOP_BACKENDS or a
                               2134                 :                :              * later state, do not change it.
                               2135                 :                :              */
 1300 sfrost@snowman.net       2136   [ -  +  -  - ]:             40 :             if (pmState == PM_RUN || pmState == PM_HOT_STANDBY)
                               2137                 :             40 :                 connsAllowed = false;
 1900 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2138   [ #  #  #  # ]:UBC           0 :             else if (pmState == PM_STARTUP || pmState == PM_RECOVERY)
                               2139                 :                :             {
                               2140                 :                :                 /* There should be no clients, so proceed to stop children */
  290 andres@anarazel.de       2141                 :              0 :                 UpdatePMState(PM_STOP_BACKENDS);
                               2142                 :                :             }
                               2143                 :                : 
                               2144                 :                :             /*
                               2145                 :                :              * Now wait for online backup mode to end and backends to exit. If
                               2146                 :                :              * that is already the case, PostmasterStateMachine will take the
                               2147                 :                :              * next step.
                               2148                 :                :              */
 6654 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2149                 :CBC          40 :             PostmasterStateMachine();
 8758                          2150                 :             40 :             break;
                               2151                 :                : 
 1019 tmunro@postgresql.or     2152                 :            466 :         case FastShutdown:
                               2153                 :                : 
                               2154                 :                :             /*
                               2155                 :                :              * Fast Shutdown:
                               2156                 :                :              *
                               2157                 :                :              * Abort all children with SIGTERM (rollback active transactions
                               2158                 :                :              * and exit) and shut down when they are gone.
                               2159                 :                :              */
 9518 vadim4o@yahoo.com        2160         [ -  + ]:            466 :             if (Shutdown >= FastShutdown)
 8758 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2161                 :UBC           0 :                 break;
 7929 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2162                 :CBC         466 :             Shutdown = FastShutdown;
 8133                          2163         [ +  - ]:            466 :             ereport(LOG,
                               2164                 :                :                     (errmsg("received fast shutdown request")));
                               2165                 :                : 
                               2166                 :                :             /* Report status */
 3043                          2167                 :            466 :             AddToDataDirLockFile(LOCK_FILE_LINE_PM_STATUS, PM_STATUS_STOPPING);
                               2168                 :                : #ifdef USE_SYSTEMD
 3632 peter_e@gmx.net          2169                 :            466 :             sd_notify(0, "STOPPING=1");
                               2170                 :                : #endif
                               2171                 :                : 
 2616 michael@paquier.xyz      2172   [ +  -  -  + ]:            466 :             if (pmState == PM_STARTUP || pmState == PM_RECOVERY)
                               2173                 :                :             {
                               2174                 :                :                 /* Just shut down background processes silently */
  290 andres@anarazel.de       2175                 :UBC           0 :                 UpdatePMState(PM_STOP_BACKENDS);
                               2176                 :                :             }
 5604 rhaas@postgresql.org     2177         [ +  + ]:CBC         466 :             else if (pmState == PM_RUN ||
                               2178         [ +  - ]:             53 :                      pmState == PM_HOT_STANDBY)
                               2179                 :                :             {
                               2180                 :                :                 /* Report that we're about to zap live client sessions */
 6654 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2181         [ +  - ]:            466 :                 ereport(LOG,
                               2182                 :                :                         (errmsg("aborting any active transactions")));
  290 andres@anarazel.de       2183                 :            466 :                 UpdatePMState(PM_STOP_BACKENDS);
                               2184                 :                :             }
                               2185                 :                : 
                               2186                 :                :             /*
                               2187                 :                :              * PostmasterStateMachine will issue any necessary signals, or
                               2188                 :                :              * take the next step if no child processes need to be killed.
                               2189                 :                :              */
 6654 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2190                 :            466 :             PostmasterStateMachine();
 8758                          2191                 :            466 :             break;
                               2192                 :                : 
 1019 tmunro@postgresql.or     2193                 :            316 :         case ImmediateShutdown:
                               2194                 :                : 
                               2195                 :                :             /*
                               2196                 :                :              * Immediate Shutdown:
                               2197                 :                :              *
                               2198                 :                :              * abort all children with SIGQUIT, wait for them to exit,
                               2199                 :                :              * terminate remaining ones with SIGKILL, then exit without
                               2200                 :                :              * attempt to properly shut down the data base system.
                               2201                 :                :              */
 4504 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     2202         [ -  + ]:            316 :             if (Shutdown >= ImmediateShutdown)
 4504 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     2203                 :UBC           0 :                 break;
 4504 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     2204                 :CBC         316 :             Shutdown = ImmediateShutdown;
 8133 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2205         [ +  - ]:            316 :             ereport(LOG,
                               2206                 :                :                     (errmsg("received immediate shutdown request")));
                               2207                 :                : 
                               2208                 :                :             /* Report status */
 3043                          2209                 :            316 :             AddToDataDirLockFile(LOCK_FILE_LINE_PM_STATUS, PM_STATUS_STOPPING);
                               2210                 :                : #ifdef USE_SYSTEMD
 3632 peter_e@gmx.net          2211                 :            316 :             sd_notify(0, "STOPPING=1");
                               2212                 :                : #endif
                               2213                 :                : 
                               2214                 :                :             /* tell children to shut down ASAP */
                               2215                 :                :             /* (note we don't apply send_abort_for_crash here) */
 1768 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2216                 :            316 :             SetQuitSignalReason(PMQUIT_FOR_STOP);
 4504 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     2217                 :            316 :             TerminateChildren(SIGQUIT);
  290 andres@anarazel.de       2218                 :            316 :             UpdatePMState(PM_WAIT_BACKENDS);
                               2219                 :                : 
                               2220                 :                :             /* set stopwatch for them to die */
 4504 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     2221                 :            316 :             AbortStartTime = time(NULL);
                               2222                 :                : 
                               2223                 :                :             /*
                               2224                 :                :              * Now wait for backends to exit.  If there are none,
                               2225                 :                :              * PostmasterStateMachine will take the next step.
                               2226                 :                :              */
                               2227                 :            316 :             PostmasterStateMachine();
 9518 vadim4o@yahoo.com        2228                 :            316 :             break;
                               2229                 :                :     }
 1019 tmunro@postgresql.or     2230                 :            822 : }
                               2231                 :                : 
                               2232                 :                : static void
                               2233                 :          20424 : handle_pm_child_exit_signal(SIGNAL_ARGS)
                               2234                 :                : {
                               2235                 :          20424 :     pending_pm_child_exit = true;
                               2236                 :          20424 :     SetLatch(MyLatch);
10702 scrappy@hub.org          2237                 :          20424 : }
                               2238                 :                : 
                               2239                 :                : /*
                               2240                 :                :  * Cleanup after a child process dies.
                               2241                 :                :  */
                               2242                 :                : static void
 1019 tmunro@postgresql.or     2243                 :          20186 : process_pm_child_exit(void)
                               2244                 :                : {
                               2245                 :                :     int         pid;            /* process id of dead child process */
                               2246                 :                :     int         exitstatus;     /* its exit status */
                               2247                 :                : 
                               2248                 :          20186 :     pending_pm_child_exit = false;
                               2249                 :                : 
 8112 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2250         [ -  + ]:          20186 :     ereport(DEBUG4,
                               2251                 :                :             (errmsg_internal("reaping dead processes")));
                               2252                 :                : 
 4862                          2253         [ +  + ]:          42283 :     while ((pid = waitpid(-1, &exitstatus, WNOHANG)) > 0)
                               2254                 :                :     {
                               2255                 :                :         PMChild    *pmchild;
                               2256                 :                : 
                               2257                 :                :         /*
                               2258                 :                :          * Check if this child was a startup process.
                               2259                 :                :          */
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     2260   [ +  +  +  + ]:          22097 :         if (StartupPMChild && pid == StartupPMChild->pid)
                               2261                 :                :         {
                               2262                 :            829 :             ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(StartupPMChild);
                               2263                 :            829 :             StartupPMChild = NULL;
                               2264                 :                : 
                               2265                 :                :             /*
                               2266                 :                :              * Startup process exited in response to a shutdown request (or it
                               2267                 :                :              * completed normally regardless of the shutdown request).
                               2268                 :                :              */
 4723 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2269         [ +  + ]:            829 :             if (Shutdown > NoShutdown &&
                               2270   [ +  +  +  -  :             97 :                 (EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus) || EXIT_STATUS_1(exitstatus)))
                                              +  + ]
                               2271                 :                :             {
 3763                          2272                 :             53 :                 StartupStatus = STARTUP_NOT_RUNNING;
  290 andres@anarazel.de       2273                 :             53 :                 UpdatePMState(PM_WAIT_BACKENDS);
                               2274                 :                :                 /* PostmasterStateMachine logic does the rest */
 3989 simon@2ndQuadrant.co     2275                 :             53 :                 continue;
                               2276                 :                :             }
                               2277                 :                : 
                               2278   [ +  -  -  + ]:            776 :             if (EXIT_STATUS_3(exitstatus))
                               2279                 :                :             {
 3989 simon@2ndQuadrant.co     2280         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                 ereport(LOG,
                               2281                 :                :                         (errmsg("shutdown at recovery target")));
 3763 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2282                 :              0 :                 StartupStatus = STARTUP_NOT_RUNNING;
 1900                          2283                 :              0 :                 Shutdown = Max(Shutdown, SmartShutdown);
 3989 simon@2ndQuadrant.co     2284                 :              0 :                 TerminateChildren(SIGTERM);
  290 andres@anarazel.de       2285                 :              0 :                 UpdatePMState(PM_WAIT_BACKENDS);
                               2286                 :                :                 /* PostmasterStateMachine logic does the rest */
 4723 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2287                 :              0 :                 continue;
                               2288                 :                :             }
                               2289                 :                : 
                               2290                 :                :             /*
                               2291                 :                :              * Unexpected exit of startup process (including FATAL exit)
                               2292                 :                :              * during PM_STARTUP is treated as catastrophic. There are no
                               2293                 :                :              * other processes running yet, so we can just exit.
                               2294                 :                :              */
 2254 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2295         [ +  + ]:CBC         776 :             if (pmState == PM_STARTUP &&
                               2296         [ +  - ]:            590 :                 StartupStatus != STARTUP_SIGNALED &&
                               2297         [ -  + ]:            590 :                 !EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus))
                               2298                 :                :             {
 7552 bruce@momjian.us         2299                 :UBC           0 :                 LogChildExit(LOG, _("startup process"),
                               2300                 :                :                              pid, exitstatus);
 8133 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2301         [ #  # ]:              0 :                 ereport(LOG,
                               2302                 :                :                         (errmsg("aborting startup due to startup process failure")));
 9098                          2303                 :              0 :                 ExitPostmaster(1);
                               2304                 :                :             }
                               2305                 :                : 
                               2306                 :                :             /*
                               2307                 :                :              * After PM_STARTUP, any unexpected exit (including FATAL exit) of
                               2308                 :                :              * the startup process is catastrophic, so kill other children,
                               2309                 :                :              * and set StartupStatus so we don't try to reinitialize after
                               2310                 :                :              * they're gone.  Exception: if StartupStatus is STARTUP_SIGNALED,
                               2311                 :                :              * then we previously sent the startup process a SIGQUIT; so
                               2312                 :                :              * that's probably the reason it died, and we do want to try to
                               2313                 :                :              * restart in that case.
                               2314                 :                :              *
                               2315                 :                :              * This stanza also handles the case where we sent a SIGQUIT
                               2316                 :                :              * during PM_STARTUP due to some dead-end child crashing: in that
                               2317                 :                :              * situation, if the startup process dies on the SIGQUIT, we need
                               2318                 :                :              * to transition to PM_WAIT_BACKENDS state which will allow
                               2319                 :                :              * PostmasterStateMachine to restart the startup process.  (On the
                               2320                 :                :              * other hand, the startup process might complete normally, if we
                               2321                 :                :              * were too late with the SIGQUIT.  In that case we'll fall
                               2322                 :                :              * through and commence normal operations.)
                               2323                 :                :              */
 6095 heikki.linnakangas@i     2324         [ +  + ]:CBC         776 :             if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus))
                               2325                 :                :             {
 3763 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2326         [ +  + ]:             47 :                 if (StartupStatus == STARTUP_SIGNALED)
                               2327                 :                :                 {
                               2328                 :             44 :                     StartupStatus = STARTUP_NOT_RUNNING;
 2254                          2329         [ -  + ]:             44 :                     if (pmState == PM_STARTUP)
  290 andres@anarazel.de       2330                 :UBC           0 :                         UpdatePMState(PM_WAIT_BACKENDS);
                               2331                 :                :                 }
                               2332                 :                :                 else
 3763 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2333                 :CBC           3 :                     StartupStatus = STARTUP_CRASHED;
 6095 heikki.linnakangas@i     2334                 :             47 :                 HandleChildCrash(pid, exitstatus,
                               2335                 :             47 :                                  _("startup process"));
 6654 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2336                 :             47 :                 continue;
                               2337                 :                :             }
                               2338                 :                : 
                               2339                 :                :             /*
                               2340                 :                :              * Startup succeeded, commence normal operations
                               2341                 :                :              */
 3763                          2342                 :            729 :             StartupStatus = STARTUP_NOT_RUNNING;
 6090 heikki.linnakangas@i     2343                 :            729 :             FatalError = false;
 2254 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2344                 :            729 :             AbortStartTime = 0;
 5633 rhaas@postgresql.org     2345                 :            729 :             ReachedNormalRunning = true;
  290 andres@anarazel.de       2346                 :            729 :             UpdatePMState(PM_RUN);
 1300 sfrost@snowman.net       2347                 :            729 :             connsAllowed = true;
                               2348                 :                : 
                               2349                 :                :             /*
                               2350                 :                :              * At the next iteration of the postmaster's main loop, we will
                               2351                 :                :              * crank up the background tasks like the autovacuum launcher and
                               2352                 :                :              * background workers that were not started earlier already.
                               2353                 :                :              */
  441 heikki.linnakangas@i     2354                 :            729 :             StartWorkerNeeded = true;
                               2355                 :                : 
                               2356                 :                :             /* at this point we are really open for business */
 6090                          2357         [ +  - ]:            729 :             ereport(LOG,
                               2358                 :                :                     (errmsg("database system is ready to accept connections")));
                               2359                 :                : 
                               2360                 :                :             /* Report status */
 3043 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2361                 :            729 :             AddToDataDirLockFile(LOCK_FILE_LINE_PM_STATUS, PM_STATUS_READY);
                               2362                 :                : #ifdef USE_SYSTEMD
 3632 peter_e@gmx.net          2363                 :            729 :             sd_notify(0, "READY=1");
                               2364                 :                : #endif
                               2365                 :                : 
 6088 heikki.linnakangas@i     2366                 :            729 :             continue;
                               2367                 :                :         }
                               2368                 :                : 
                               2369                 :                :         /*
                               2370                 :                :          * Was it the bgwriter?  Normal exit can be ignored; we'll start a new
                               2371                 :                :          * one at the next iteration of the postmaster's main loop, if
                               2372                 :                :          * necessary.  Any other exit condition is treated as a crash.
                               2373                 :                :          */
  347                          2374   [ +  +  +  + ]:          21268 :         if (BgWriterPMChild && pid == BgWriterPMChild->pid)
                               2375                 :                :         {
                               2376                 :            829 :             ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(BgWriterPMChild);
                               2377                 :            829 :             BgWriterPMChild = NULL;
 5109 simon@2ndQuadrant.co     2378         [ +  + ]:            829 :             if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus))
                               2379                 :            323 :                 HandleChildCrash(pid, exitstatus,
                               2380                 :            323 :                                  _("background writer process"));
                               2381                 :            829 :             continue;
                               2382                 :                :         }
                               2383                 :                : 
                               2384                 :                :         /*
                               2385                 :                :          * Was it the checkpointer?
                               2386                 :                :          */
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     2387   [ +  +  +  + ]:          20439 :         if (CheckpointerPMChild && pid == CheckpointerPMChild->pid)
                               2388                 :                :         {
                               2389                 :            829 :             ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(CheckpointerPMChild);
                               2390                 :            829 :             CheckpointerPMChild = NULL;
  275 andres@anarazel.de       2391   [ +  +  +  - ]:            829 :             if (EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus) && pmState == PM_WAIT_CHECKPOINTER)
 9518 vadim4o@yahoo.com        2392                 :            506 :             {
                               2393                 :                :                 /*
                               2394                 :                :                  * OK, we saw normal exit of the checkpointer after it's been
                               2395                 :                :                  * told to shut down.  We know checkpointer wrote a shutdown
                               2396                 :                :                  * checkpoint, otherwise we'd still be in
                               2397                 :                :                  * PM_WAIT_XLOG_SHUTDOWN state.
                               2398                 :                :                  *
                               2399                 :                :                  * At this point only dead-end children and logger should be
                               2400                 :                :                  * left.
                               2401                 :                :                  */
  275 andres@anarazel.de       2402                 :            506 :                 UpdatePMState(PM_WAIT_DEAD_END);
                               2403                 :            506 :                 ConfigurePostmasterWaitSet(false);
                               2404                 :            506 :                 SignalChildren(SIGTERM, btmask_all_except(B_LOGGER));
                               2405                 :                :             }
                               2406                 :                :             else
                               2407                 :                :             {
                               2408                 :                :                 /*
                               2409                 :                :                  * Any unexpected exit of the checkpointer (including FATAL
                               2410                 :                :                  * exit) is treated as a crash.
                               2411                 :                :                  */
 6654 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2412                 :            323 :                 HandleChildCrash(pid, exitstatus,
 5109 simon@2ndQuadrant.co     2413                 :            323 :                                  _("checkpointer process"));
                               2414                 :                :             }
                               2415                 :                : 
 7821 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2416                 :            829 :             continue;
                               2417                 :                :         }
                               2418                 :                : 
                               2419                 :                :         /*
                               2420                 :                :          * Was it the wal writer?  Normal exit can be ignored; we'll start a
                               2421                 :                :          * new one at the next iteration of the postmaster's main loop, if
                               2422                 :                :          * necessary.  Any other exit condition is treated as a crash.
                               2423                 :                :          */
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     2424   [ +  +  +  + ]:          19610 :         if (WalWriterPMChild && pid == WalWriterPMChild->pid)
                               2425                 :                :         {
                               2426                 :            729 :             ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(WalWriterPMChild);
                               2427                 :            729 :             WalWriterPMChild = NULL;
 6670 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2428         [ +  + ]:            729 :             if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus))
                               2429                 :            276 :                 HandleChildCrash(pid, exitstatus,
 6563 peter_e@gmx.net          2430                 :            276 :                                  _("WAL writer process"));
 6670 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2431                 :            729 :             continue;
                               2432                 :                :         }
                               2433                 :                : 
                               2434                 :                :         /*
                               2435                 :                :          * Was it the wal receiver?  If exit status is zero (normal) or one
                               2436                 :                :          * (FATAL exit), we assume everything is all right just like normal
                               2437                 :                :          * backends.  (If we need a new wal receiver, we'll start one at the
                               2438                 :                :          * next iteration of the postmaster's main loop.)
                               2439                 :                :          */
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     2440   [ +  +  +  + ]:          18881 :         if (WalReceiverPMChild && pid == WalReceiverPMChild->pid)
                               2441                 :                :         {
                               2442                 :            223 :             ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(WalReceiverPMChild);
                               2443                 :            223 :             WalReceiverPMChild = NULL;
 5764                          2444   [ +  -  +  -  :            223 :             if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus) && !EXIT_STATUS_1(exitstatus))
                                              +  + ]
                               2445                 :             19 :                 HandleChildCrash(pid, exitstatus,
                               2446                 :             19 :                                  _("WAL receiver process"));
                               2447                 :            223 :             continue;
                               2448                 :                :         }
                               2449                 :                : 
                               2450                 :                :         /*
                               2451                 :                :          * Was it the wal summarizer? Normal exit can be ignored; we'll start
                               2452                 :                :          * a new one at the next iteration of the postmaster's main loop, if
                               2453                 :                :          * necessary.  Any other exit condition is treated as a crash.
                               2454                 :                :          */
  347                          2455   [ +  +  +  + ]:          18658 :         if (WalSummarizerPMChild && pid == WalSummarizerPMChild->pid)
                               2456                 :                :         {
                               2457                 :             19 :             ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(WalSummarizerPMChild);
                               2458                 :             19 :             WalSummarizerPMChild = NULL;
  677 rhaas@postgresql.org     2459         [ +  + ]:             19 :             if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus))
                               2460                 :             18 :                 HandleChildCrash(pid, exitstatus,
                               2461                 :             18 :                                  _("WAL summarizer process"));
                               2462                 :             19 :             continue;
                               2463                 :                :         }
                               2464                 :                : 
                               2465                 :                :         /*
                               2466                 :                :          * Was it the autovacuum launcher?  Normal exit can be ignored; we'll
                               2467                 :                :          * start a new one at the next iteration of the postmaster's main
                               2468                 :                :          * loop, if necessary.  Any other exit condition is treated as a
                               2469                 :                :          * crash.
                               2470                 :                :          */
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     2471   [ +  +  +  + ]:          18639 :         if (AutoVacLauncherPMChild && pid == AutoVacLauncherPMChild->pid)
                               2472                 :                :         {
                               2473                 :            605 :             ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(AutoVacLauncherPMChild);
                               2474                 :            605 :             AutoVacLauncherPMChild = NULL;
 6829 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     2475         [ +  + ]:            605 :             if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus))
 7410 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2476                 :            233 :                 HandleChildCrash(pid, exitstatus,
 6829 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     2477                 :            233 :                                  _("autovacuum launcher process"));
 7410 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2478                 :            605 :             continue;
                               2479                 :                :         }
                               2480                 :                : 
                               2481                 :                :         /*
                               2482                 :                :          * Was it the archiver?  If exit status is zero (normal) or one (FATAL
                               2483                 :                :          * exit), we assume everything is all right just like normal backends
                               2484                 :                :          * and just try to start a new one on the next cycle of the
                               2485                 :                :          * postmaster's main loop, to retry archiving remaining files.
                               2486                 :                :          */
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     2487   [ +  +  +  + ]:          18034 :         if (PgArchPMChild && pid == PgArchPMChild->pid)
                               2488                 :                :         {
                               2489                 :             51 :             ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(PgArchPMChild);
                               2490                 :             51 :             PgArchPMChild = NULL;
 1687 fujii@postgresql.org     2491   [ +  +  +  -  :             51 :             if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus) && !EXIT_STATUS_1(exitstatus))
                                              +  - ]
                               2492                 :             38 :                 HandleChildCrash(pid, exitstatus,
                               2493                 :             38 :                                  _("archiver process"));
 7770 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2494                 :             51 :             continue;
                               2495                 :                :         }
                               2496                 :                : 
                               2497                 :                :         /* Was it the system logger?  If so, try to start a new one */
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     2498   [ +  +  -  + ]:          17983 :         if (SysLoggerPMChild && pid == SysLoggerPMChild->pid)
                               2499                 :                :         {
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     2500                 :UBC           0 :             ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(SysLoggerPMChild);
                               2501                 :              0 :             SysLoggerPMChild = NULL;
                               2502                 :                : 
                               2503                 :                :             /* for safety's sake, launch new logger *first* */
                               2504         [ #  # ]:              0 :             if (Logging_collector)
                               2505                 :              0 :                 StartSysLogger();
                               2506                 :                : 
 6915 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2507         [ #  # ]:              0 :             if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus))
 7552 bruce@momjian.us         2508                 :              0 :                 LogChildExit(LOG, _("system logger process"),
                               2509                 :                :                              pid, exitstatus);
 7753 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2510                 :              0 :             continue;
                               2511                 :                :         }
                               2512                 :                : 
                               2513                 :                :         /*
                               2514                 :                :          * Was it the slot sync worker? Normal exit or FATAL exit can be
                               2515                 :                :          * ignored (FATAL can be caused by libpqwalreceiver on receiving
                               2516                 :                :          * shutdown request by the startup process during promotion); we'll
                               2517                 :                :          * start a new one at the next iteration of the postmaster's main
                               2518                 :                :          * loop, if necessary. Any other exit condition is treated as a crash.
                               2519                 :                :          */
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     2520   [ +  +  +  + ]:CBC       17983 :         if (SlotSyncWorkerPMChild && pid == SlotSyncWorkerPMChild->pid)
                               2521                 :                :         {
                               2522                 :              4 :             ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(SlotSyncWorkerPMChild);
                               2523                 :              4 :             SlotSyncWorkerPMChild = NULL;
  613 akapila@postgresql.o     2524   [ +  +  +  -  :              4 :             if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus) && !EXIT_STATUS_1(exitstatus))
                                              -  + ]
  613 akapila@postgresql.o     2525                 :UBC           0 :                 HandleChildCrash(pid, exitstatus,
                               2526                 :              0 :                                  _("slot sync worker process"));
  613 akapila@postgresql.o     2527                 :CBC           4 :             continue;
                               2528                 :                :         }
                               2529                 :                : 
                               2530                 :                :         /* Was it an IO worker? */
  223 andres@anarazel.de       2531         [ +  + ]:          17979 :         if (maybe_reap_io_worker(pid))
                               2532                 :                :         {
                               2533   [ +  +  +  -  :           2536 :             if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus) && !EXIT_STATUS_1(exitstatus))
                                              +  - ]
                               2534                 :            969 :                 HandleChildCrash(pid, exitstatus, _("io worker"));
                               2535                 :                : 
                               2536                 :           2536 :             maybe_adjust_io_workers();
                               2537                 :           2536 :             continue;
                               2538                 :                :         }
                               2539                 :                : 
                               2540                 :                :         /*
                               2541                 :                :          * Was it a backend or a background worker?
                               2542                 :                :          */
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     2543                 :          15443 :         pmchild = FindPostmasterChildByPid(pid);
                               2544         [ +  - ]:          15443 :         if (pmchild)
                               2545                 :                :         {
                               2546                 :          15443 :             CleanupBackend(pmchild, exitstatus);
                               2547                 :                :         }
                               2548                 :                : 
                               2549                 :                :         /*
                               2550                 :                :          * We don't know anything about this child process.  That's highly
                               2551                 :                :          * unexpected, as we do track all the child processes that we fork.
                               2552                 :                :          */
                               2553                 :                :         else
                               2554                 :                :         {
  443 heikki.linnakangas@i     2555   [ #  #  #  #  :UBC           0 :             if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus) && !EXIT_STATUS_1(exitstatus))
                                              #  # ]
                               2556                 :              0 :                 HandleChildCrash(pid, exitstatus, _("untracked child process"));
                               2557                 :                :             else
                               2558                 :              0 :                 LogChildExit(LOG, _("untracked child process"), pid, exitstatus);
                               2559                 :                :         }
                               2560                 :                :     }                           /* loop over pending child-death reports */
                               2561                 :                : 
                               2562                 :                :     /*
                               2563                 :                :      * After cleaning out the SIGCHLD queue, see if we have any state changes
                               2564                 :                :      * or actions to make.
                               2565                 :                :      */
 6654 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2566                 :CBC       20186 :     PostmasterStateMachine();
10702 scrappy@hub.org          2567                 :          19361 : }
                               2568                 :                : 
                               2569                 :                : /*
                               2570                 :                :  * CleanupBackend -- cleanup after terminated backend or background worker.
                               2571                 :                :  *
                               2572                 :                :  * Remove all local state associated with the child process and release its
                               2573                 :                :  * PMChild slot.
                               2574                 :                :  */
                               2575                 :                : static void
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     2576                 :          15443 : CleanupBackend(PMChild *bp,
                               2577                 :                :                int exitstatus)  /* child's exit status. */
                               2578                 :                : {
                               2579                 :                :     char        namebuf[MAXPGPATH];
                               2580                 :                :     const char *procname;
  443                          2581                 :          15443 :     bool        crashed = false;
                               2582                 :          15443 :     bool        logged = false;
                               2583                 :                :     pid_t       bp_pid;
                               2584                 :                :     bool        bp_bgworker_notify;
                               2585                 :                :     BackendType bp_bkend_type;
                               2586                 :                :     RegisteredBgWorker *rw;
                               2587                 :                : 
                               2588                 :                :     /* Construct a process name for the log message */
  347                          2589         [ +  + ]:          15443 :     if (bp->bkend_type == B_BG_WORKER)
                               2590                 :                :     {
 2979 peter_e@gmx.net          2591                 :           2617 :         snprintf(namebuf, MAXPGPATH, _("background worker \"%s\""),
  443 heikki.linnakangas@i     2592                 :           2617 :                  bp->rw->rw_worker.bgw_type);
                               2593                 :           2617 :         procname = namebuf;
                               2594                 :                :     }
                               2595                 :                :     else
  347                          2596                 :          12826 :         procname = _(GetBackendTypeDesc(bp->bkend_type));
                               2597                 :                : 
                               2598                 :                :     /*
                               2599                 :                :      * If a backend dies in an ugly way then we must signal all other backends
                               2600                 :                :      * to quickdie.  If exit status is zero (normal) or one (FATAL exit), we
                               2601                 :                :      * assume everything is all right and proceed to remove the backend from
                               2602                 :                :      * the active child list.
                               2603                 :                :      */
  443                          2604   [ +  +  +  +  :          15443 :     if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus) && !EXIT_STATUS_1(exitstatus))
                                              +  + ]
                               2605                 :            703 :         crashed = true;
                               2606                 :                : 
                               2607                 :                : #ifdef WIN32
                               2608                 :                : 
                               2609                 :                :     /*
                               2610                 :                :      * On win32, also treat ERROR_WAIT_NO_CHILDREN (128) as nonfatal case,
                               2611                 :                :      * since that sometimes happens under load when the process fails to start
                               2612                 :                :      * properly (long before it starts using shared memory). Microsoft reports
                               2613                 :                :      * it is related to mutex failure:
                               2614                 :                :      * http://archives.postgresql.org/pgsql-hackers/2010-09/msg00790.php
                               2615                 :                :      */
                               2616                 :                :     if (exitstatus == ERROR_WAIT_NO_CHILDREN)
                               2617                 :                :     {
                               2618                 :                :         LogChildExit(LOG, procname, bp->pid, exitstatus);
                               2619                 :                :         logged = true;
                               2620                 :                :         crashed = false;
                               2621                 :                :     }
                               2622                 :                : #endif
                               2623                 :                : 
                               2624                 :                :     /*
                               2625                 :                :      * Release the PMChild entry.
                               2626                 :                :      *
                               2627                 :                :      * If the process attached to shared memory, this also checks that it
                               2628                 :                :      * detached cleanly.
                               2629                 :                :      */
  347                          2630                 :          15443 :     bp_pid = bp->pid;
                               2631                 :          15443 :     bp_bgworker_notify = bp->bgworker_notify;
                               2632                 :          15443 :     bp_bkend_type = bp->bkend_type;
                               2633                 :          15443 :     rw = bp->rw;
                               2634         [ +  + ]:          15443 :     if (!ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(bp))
                               2635                 :                :     {
                               2636                 :                :         /*
                               2637                 :                :          * Uh-oh, the child failed to clean itself up.  Treat as a crash after
                               2638                 :                :          * all.
                               2639                 :                :          */
                               2640                 :            346 :         crashed = true;
                               2641                 :                :     }
                               2642                 :          15443 :     bp = NULL;
                               2643                 :                : 
                               2644                 :                :     /*
                               2645                 :                :      * In a crash case, exit immediately without resetting background worker
                               2646                 :                :      * state. However, if restart_after_crash is enabled, the background
                               2647                 :                :      * worker state (e.g., rw_pid) still needs be reset so the worker can
                               2648                 :                :      * restart after crash recovery. This reset is handled in
                               2649                 :                :      * ResetBackgroundWorkerCrashTimes(), not here.
                               2650                 :                :      */
  443                          2651         [ +  + ]:          15443 :     if (crashed)
                               2652                 :                :     {
  347                          2653                 :            703 :         HandleChildCrash(bp_pid, exitstatus, procname);
 7821 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2654                 :            703 :         return;
                               2655                 :                :     }
                               2656                 :                : 
                               2657                 :                :     /*
                               2658                 :                :      * This backend may have been slated to receive SIGUSR1 when some
                               2659                 :                :      * background worker started or stopped.  Cancel those notifications, as
                               2660                 :                :      * we don't want to signal PIDs that are not PostgreSQL backends.  This
                               2661                 :                :      * gets skipped in the (probably very common) case where the backend has
                               2662                 :                :      * never requested any such notifications.
                               2663                 :                :      */
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     2664         [ +  + ]:          14740 :     if (bp_bgworker_notify)
                               2665                 :            249 :         BackgroundWorkerStopNotifications(bp_pid);
                               2666                 :                : 
                               2667                 :                :     /*
                               2668                 :                :      * If it was a background worker, also update its RegisteredBgWorker
                               2669                 :                :      * entry.
                               2670                 :                :      */
                               2671         [ +  + ]:          14740 :     if (bp_bkend_type == B_BG_WORKER)
                               2672                 :                :     {
  443                          2673         [ +  + ]:           2313 :         if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus))
                               2674                 :                :         {
                               2675                 :                :             /* Record timestamp, so we know when to restart the worker. */
                               2676                 :            638 :             rw->rw_crashed_at = GetCurrentTimestamp();
                               2677                 :                :         }
                               2678                 :                :         else
                               2679                 :                :         {
                               2680                 :                :             /* Zero exit status means terminate */
                               2681                 :           1675 :             rw->rw_crashed_at = 0;
                               2682                 :           1675 :             rw->rw_terminate = true;
                               2683                 :                :         }
                               2684                 :                : 
                               2685                 :           2313 :         rw->rw_pid = 0;
                               2686                 :           2313 :         ReportBackgroundWorkerExit(rw); /* report child death */
                               2687                 :                : 
                               2688         [ +  - ]:           2313 :         if (!logged)
                               2689                 :                :         {
                               2690         [ +  + ]:           2313 :             LogChildExit(EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus) ? DEBUG1 : LOG,
                               2691                 :                :                          procname, bp_pid, exitstatus);
                               2692                 :           2313 :             logged = true;
                               2693                 :                :         }
                               2694                 :                : 
                               2695                 :                :         /* have it be restarted */
                               2696                 :           2313 :         HaveCrashedWorker = true;
                               2697                 :                :     }
                               2698                 :                : 
                               2699         [ +  + ]:          14740 :     if (!logged)
  347                          2700                 :          12427 :         LogChildExit(DEBUG2, procname, bp_pid, exitstatus);
                               2701                 :                : }
                               2702                 :                : 
                               2703                 :                : /*
                               2704                 :                :  * Transition into FatalError state, in response to something bad having
                               2705                 :                :  * happened. Commonly the caller will have logged the reason for entering
                               2706                 :                :  * FatalError state.
                               2707                 :                :  *
                               2708                 :                :  * This should only be called when not already in FatalError or
                               2709                 :                :  * ImmediateShutdown state.
                               2710                 :                :  */
                               2711                 :                : static void
  276 andres@anarazel.de       2712                 :              7 : HandleFatalError(QuitSignalReason reason, bool consider_sigabrt)
                               2713                 :                : {
                               2714                 :                :     int         sigtosend;
                               2715                 :                : 
                               2716         [ -  + ]:              7 :     Assert(!FatalError);
                               2717         [ -  + ]:              7 :     Assert(Shutdown != ImmediateShutdown);
                               2718                 :                : 
                               2719                 :              7 :     SetQuitSignalReason(reason);
                               2720                 :                : 
                               2721   [ +  -  -  + ]:              7 :     if (consider_sigabrt && send_abort_for_crash)
  276 andres@anarazel.de       2722                 :UBC           0 :         sigtosend = SIGABRT;
                               2723                 :                :     else
  276 andres@anarazel.de       2724                 :CBC           7 :         sigtosend = SIGQUIT;
                               2725                 :                : 
                               2726                 :                :     /*
                               2727                 :                :      * Signal all other child processes to exit.
                               2728                 :                :      *
                               2729                 :                :      * We could exclude dead-end children here, but at least when sending
                               2730                 :                :      * SIGABRT it seems better to include them.
                               2731                 :                :      */
                               2732                 :              7 :     TerminateChildren(sigtosend);
                               2733                 :                : 
                               2734                 :              7 :     FatalError = true;
                               2735                 :                : 
                               2736                 :                :     /*
                               2737                 :                :      * Choose the appropriate new state to react to the fatal error. Unless we
                               2738                 :                :      * were already in the process of shutting down, we go through
                               2739                 :                :      * PM_WAIT_BACKENDS. For errors during the shutdown sequence, we directly
                               2740                 :                :      * switch to PM_WAIT_DEAD_END.
                               2741                 :                :      */
                               2742   [ -  -  +  -  :              7 :     switch (pmState)
                                           -  -  - ]
                               2743                 :                :     {
  276 andres@anarazel.de       2744                 :UBC           0 :         case PM_INIT:
                               2745                 :                :             /* shouldn't have any children */
                               2746                 :              0 :             Assert(false);
                               2747                 :                :             break;
                               2748                 :              0 :         case PM_STARTUP:
                               2749                 :                :             /* should have been handled in process_pm_child_exit */
                               2750                 :              0 :             Assert(false);
                               2751                 :                :             break;
                               2752                 :                : 
                               2753                 :                :             /* wait for children to die */
  276 andres@anarazel.de       2754                 :CBC           7 :         case PM_RECOVERY:
                               2755                 :                :         case PM_HOT_STANDBY:
                               2756                 :                :         case PM_RUN:
                               2757                 :                :         case PM_STOP_BACKENDS:
                               2758                 :              7 :             UpdatePMState(PM_WAIT_BACKENDS);
                               2759                 :              7 :             break;
                               2760                 :                : 
  276 andres@anarazel.de       2761                 :UBC           0 :         case PM_WAIT_BACKENDS:
                               2762                 :                :             /* there might be more backends to wait for */
                               2763                 :              0 :             break;
                               2764                 :                : 
                               2765                 :              0 :         case PM_WAIT_XLOG_SHUTDOWN:
                               2766                 :                :         case PM_WAIT_XLOG_ARCHIVAL:
                               2767                 :                :         case PM_WAIT_CHECKPOINTER:
                               2768                 :                :         case PM_WAIT_IO_WORKERS:
                               2769                 :                : 
                               2770                 :                :             /*
                               2771                 :                :              * NB: Similar code exists in PostmasterStateMachine()'s handling
                               2772                 :                :              * of FatalError in PM_STOP_BACKENDS/PM_WAIT_BACKENDS states.
                               2773                 :                :              */
                               2774                 :              0 :             ConfigurePostmasterWaitSet(false);
                               2775                 :              0 :             UpdatePMState(PM_WAIT_DEAD_END);
                               2776                 :              0 :             break;
                               2777                 :                : 
                               2778                 :              0 :         case PM_WAIT_DEAD_END:
                               2779                 :                :         case PM_NO_CHILDREN:
                               2780                 :              0 :             break;
                               2781                 :                :     }
                               2782                 :                : 
                               2783                 :                :     /*
                               2784                 :                :      * .. and if this doesn't happen quickly enough, now the clock is ticking
                               2785                 :                :      * for us to kill them without mercy.
                               2786                 :                :      */
 4504 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     2787         [ +  - ]:CBC           7 :     if (AbortStartTime == 0)
                               2788                 :              7 :         AbortStartTime = time(NULL);
10702 scrappy@hub.org          2789                 :              7 : }
                               2790                 :                : 
                               2791                 :                : /*
                               2792                 :                :  * HandleChildCrash -- cleanup after failed backend, bgwriter, checkpointer,
                               2793                 :                :  * walwriter, autovacuum, archiver, slot sync worker, or background worker.
                               2794                 :                :  *
                               2795                 :                :  * The objectives here are to clean up our local state about the child
                               2796                 :                :  * process, and to signal all other remaining children to quickdie.
                               2797                 :                :  *
                               2798                 :                :  * The caller has already released its PMChild slot.
                               2799                 :                :  */
                               2800                 :                : static void
  276 andres@anarazel.de       2801                 :           2949 : HandleChildCrash(int pid, int exitstatus, const char *procname)
                               2802                 :                : {
                               2803                 :                :     /*
                               2804                 :                :      * We only log messages and send signals if this is the first process
                               2805                 :                :      * crash and we're not doing an immediate shutdown; otherwise, we're only
                               2806                 :                :      * here to update postmaster's idea of live processes.  If we have already
                               2807                 :                :      * signaled children, nonzero exit status is to be expected, so don't
                               2808                 :                :      * clutter log.
                               2809                 :                :      */
                               2810   [ +  +  +  + ]:           2949 :     if (FatalError || Shutdown == ImmediateShutdown)
                               2811                 :           2942 :         return;
                               2812                 :                : 
                               2813                 :              7 :     LogChildExit(LOG, procname, pid, exitstatus);
                               2814         [ +  - ]:              7 :     ereport(LOG,
                               2815                 :                :             (errmsg("terminating any other active server processes")));
                               2816                 :                : 
                               2817                 :                :     /*
                               2818                 :                :      * Switch into error state. The crashed process has already been removed
                               2819                 :                :      * from ActiveChildList.
                               2820                 :                :      */
                               2821                 :              7 :     HandleFatalError(PMQUIT_FOR_CRASH, true);
                               2822                 :                : }
                               2823                 :                : 
                               2824                 :                : /*
                               2825                 :                :  * Log the death of a child process.
                               2826                 :                :  */
                               2827                 :                : static void
 8638 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2828                 :          14747 : LogChildExit(int lev, const char *procname, int pid, int exitstatus)
                               2829                 :                : {
                               2830                 :                :     /*
                               2831                 :                :      * size of activity_buffer is arbitrary, but set equal to default
                               2832                 :                :      * track_activity_query_size
                               2833                 :                :      */
                               2834                 :                :     char        activity_buffer[1024];
 5120                          2835                 :          14747 :     const char *activity = NULL;
                               2836                 :                : 
                               2837         [ +  + ]:          14747 :     if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus))
                               2838                 :           1164 :         activity = pgstat_get_crashed_backend_activity(pid,
                               2839                 :                :                                                        activity_buffer,
                               2840                 :                :                                                        sizeof(activity_buffer));
                               2841                 :                : 
 8756                          2842         [ +  + ]:          14747 :     if (WIFEXITED(exitstatus))
 8133                          2843   [ +  +  +  + ]:          14744 :         ereport(lev,
                               2844                 :                : 
                               2845                 :                :         /*------
                               2846                 :                :           translator: %s is a noun phrase describing a child process, such as
                               2847                 :                :           "server process" */
                               2848                 :                :                 (errmsg("%s (PID %d) exited with exit code %d",
                               2849                 :                :                         procname, pid, WEXITSTATUS(exitstatus)),
                               2850                 :                :                  activity ? errdetail("Failed process was running: %s", activity) : 0));
 8756                          2851         [ +  - ]:              3 :     else if (WIFSIGNALED(exitstatus))
                               2852                 :                :     {
                               2853                 :                : #if defined(WIN32)
                               2854                 :                :         ereport(lev,
                               2855                 :                : 
                               2856                 :                :         /*------
                               2857                 :                :           translator: %s is a noun phrase describing a child process, such as
                               2858                 :                :           "server process" */
                               2859                 :                :                 (errmsg("%s (PID %d) was terminated by exception 0x%X",
                               2860                 :                :                         procname, pid, WTERMSIG(exitstatus)),
                               2861                 :                :                  errhint("See C include file \"ntstatus.h\" for a description of the hexadecimal value."),
                               2862                 :                :                  activity ? errdetail("Failed process was running: %s", activity) : 0));
                               2863                 :                : #else
 3050                          2864   [ +  -  +  - ]:              3 :         ereport(lev,
                               2865                 :                : 
                               2866                 :                :         /*------
                               2867                 :                :           translator: %s is a noun phrase describing a child process, such as
                               2868                 :                :           "server process" */
                               2869                 :                :                 (errmsg("%s (PID %d) was terminated by signal %d: %s",
                               2870                 :                :                         procname, pid, WTERMSIG(exitstatus),
                               2871                 :                :                         pg_strsignal(WTERMSIG(exitstatus))),
                               2872                 :                :                  activity ? errdetail("Failed process was running: %s", activity) : 0));
                               2873                 :                : #endif
                               2874                 :                :     }
                               2875                 :                :     else
 8133 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2876   [ #  #  #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(lev,
                               2877                 :                : 
                               2878                 :                :         /*------
                               2879                 :                :           translator: %s is a noun phrase describing a child process, such as
                               2880                 :                :           "server process" */
                               2881                 :                :                 (errmsg("%s (PID %d) exited with unrecognized status %d",
                               2882                 :                :                         procname, pid, exitstatus),
                               2883                 :                :                  activity ? errdetail("Failed process was running: %s", activity) : 0));
 8756 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2884                 :CBC       14747 : }
                               2885                 :                : 
                               2886                 :                : /*
                               2887                 :                :  * Advance the postmaster's state machine and take actions as appropriate
                               2888                 :                :  *
                               2889                 :                :  * This is common code for process_pm_shutdown_request(),
                               2890                 :                :  * process_pm_child_exit() and process_pm_pmsignal(), which process the signals
                               2891                 :                :  * that might mean we need to change state.
                               2892                 :                :  */
                               2893                 :                : static void
 6654                          2894                 :          22681 : PostmasterStateMachine(void)
                               2895                 :                : {
                               2896                 :                :     /* If we're doing a smart shutdown, try to advance that state. */
 1900                          2897   [ +  +  +  + ]:          22681 :     if (pmState == PM_RUN || pmState == PM_HOT_STANDBY)
                               2898                 :                :     {
 1300 sfrost@snowman.net       2899         [ +  + ]:          15481 :         if (!connsAllowed)
                               2900                 :                :         {
                               2901                 :                :             /*
                               2902                 :                :              * This state ends when we have no normal client backends running.
                               2903                 :                :              * Then we're ready to stop other children.
                               2904                 :                :              */
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     2905         [ +  + ]:            107 :             if (CountChildren(btmask(B_BACKEND)) == 0)
  290 andres@anarazel.de       2906                 :             40 :                 UpdatePMState(PM_STOP_BACKENDS);
                               2907                 :                :         }
                               2908                 :                :     }
                               2909                 :                : 
                               2910                 :                :     /*
                               2911                 :                :      * In the PM_WAIT_BACKENDS state, wait for all the regular backends and
                               2912                 :                :      * processes like autovacuum and background workers that are comparable to
                               2913                 :                :      * backends to exit.
                               2914                 :                :      *
                               2915                 :                :      * PM_STOP_BACKENDS is a transient state that means the same as
                               2916                 :                :      * PM_WAIT_BACKENDS, but we signal the processes first, before waiting for
                               2917                 :                :      * them.  Treating it as a distinct pmState allows us to share this code
                               2918                 :                :      * across multiple shutdown code paths.
                               2919                 :                :      */
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     2920   [ +  +  +  + ]:          22681 :     if (pmState == PM_STOP_BACKENDS || pmState == PM_WAIT_BACKENDS)
                               2921                 :                :     {
                               2922                 :           4628 :         BackendTypeMask targetMask = BTYPE_MASK_NONE;
                               2923                 :                : 
                               2924                 :                :         /*
                               2925                 :                :          * PM_WAIT_BACKENDS state ends when we have no regular backends, no
                               2926                 :                :          * autovac launcher or workers, and no bgworkers (including
                               2927                 :                :          * unconnected ones).
                               2928                 :                :          */
  290 andres@anarazel.de       2929                 :           4628 :         targetMask = btmask_add(targetMask,
                               2930                 :                :                                 B_BACKEND,
                               2931                 :                :                                 B_AUTOVAC_LAUNCHER,
                               2932                 :                :                                 B_AUTOVAC_WORKER,
                               2933                 :                :                                 B_BG_WORKER);
                               2934                 :                : 
                               2935                 :                :         /*
                               2936                 :                :          * No walwriter, bgwriter, slot sync worker, or WAL summarizer either.
                               2937                 :                :          */
                               2938                 :           4628 :         targetMask = btmask_add(targetMask,
                               2939                 :                :                                 B_WAL_WRITER,
                               2940                 :                :                                 B_BG_WRITER,
                               2941                 :                :                                 B_SLOTSYNC_WORKER,
                               2942                 :                :                                 B_WAL_SUMMARIZER);
                               2943                 :                : 
                               2944                 :                :         /* If we're in recovery, also stop startup and walreceiver procs */
                               2945                 :           4628 :         targetMask = btmask_add(targetMask,
                               2946                 :                :                                 B_STARTUP,
                               2947                 :                :                                 B_WAL_RECEIVER);
                               2948                 :                : 
                               2949                 :                :         /*
                               2950                 :                :          * If we are doing crash recovery or an immediate shutdown then we
                               2951                 :                :          * expect archiver, checkpointer, io workers and walsender to exit as
                               2952                 :                :          * well, otherwise not.
                               2953                 :                :          */
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     2954   [ +  +  +  + ]:           4628 :         if (FatalError || Shutdown >= ImmediateShutdown)
  276 andres@anarazel.de       2955                 :           1754 :             targetMask = btmask_add(targetMask,
                               2956                 :                :                                     B_CHECKPOINTER,
                               2957                 :                :                                     B_ARCHIVER,
                               2958                 :                :                                     B_IO_WORKER,
                               2959                 :                :                                     B_WAL_SENDER);
                               2960                 :                : 
                               2961                 :                :         /*
                               2962                 :                :          * Normally archiver, checkpointer, IO workers and walsenders will
                               2963                 :                :          * continue running; they will be terminated later after writing the
                               2964                 :                :          * checkpoint record.  We also let dead-end children to keep running
                               2965                 :                :          * for now.  The syslogger process exits last.
                               2966                 :                :          *
                               2967                 :                :          * This assertion checks that we have covered all backend types,
                               2968                 :                :          * either by including them in targetMask, or by noting here that they
                               2969                 :                :          * are allowed to continue running.
                               2970                 :                :          */
                               2971                 :                : #ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
                               2972                 :                :         {
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     2973                 :           4628 :             BackendTypeMask remainMask = BTYPE_MASK_NONE;
                               2974                 :                : 
  290 andres@anarazel.de       2975                 :           4628 :             remainMask = btmask_add(remainMask,
                               2976                 :                :                                     B_DEAD_END_BACKEND,
                               2977                 :                :                                     B_LOGGER);
                               2978                 :                : 
                               2979                 :                :             /*
                               2980                 :                :              * Archiver, checkpointer, IO workers, and walsender may or may
                               2981                 :                :              * not be in targetMask already.
                               2982                 :                :              */
  276                          2983                 :           4628 :             remainMask = btmask_add(remainMask,
                               2984                 :                :                                     B_ARCHIVER,
                               2985                 :                :                                     B_CHECKPOINTER,
                               2986                 :                :                                     B_IO_WORKER,
                               2987                 :                :                                     B_WAL_SENDER);
                               2988                 :                : 
                               2989                 :                :             /* these are not real postmaster children */
  290                          2990                 :           4628 :             remainMask = btmask_add(remainMask,
                               2991                 :                :                                     B_INVALID,
                               2992                 :                :                                     B_STANDALONE_BACKEND);
                               2993                 :                : 
                               2994                 :                :             /* All types should be included in targetMask or remainMask */
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     2995         [ -  + ]:           4628 :             Assert((remainMask.mask | targetMask.mask) == BTYPE_MASK_ALL.mask);
                               2996                 :                :         }
                               2997                 :                : #endif
                               2998                 :                : 
                               2999                 :                :         /* If we had not yet signaled the processes to exit, do so now */
                               3000         [ +  + ]:           4628 :         if (pmState == PM_STOP_BACKENDS)
                               3001                 :                :         {
                               3002                 :                :             /*
                               3003                 :                :              * Forget any pending requests for background workers, since we're
                               3004                 :                :              * no longer willing to launch any new workers.  (If additional
                               3005                 :                :              * requests arrive, BackgroundWorkerStateChange will reject them.)
                               3006                 :                :              */
                               3007                 :            506 :             ForgetUnstartedBackgroundWorkers();
                               3008                 :                : 
                               3009                 :            506 :             SignalChildren(SIGTERM, targetMask);
                               3010                 :                : 
  290 andres@anarazel.de       3011                 :            506 :             UpdatePMState(PM_WAIT_BACKENDS);
                               3012                 :                :         }
                               3013                 :                : 
                               3014                 :                :         /* Are any of the target processes still running? */
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     3015         [ +  + ]:           4628 :         if (CountChildren(targetMask) == 0)
                               3016                 :                :         {
 4504 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     3017   [ +  +  +  + ]:            829 :             if (Shutdown >= ImmediateShutdown || FatalError)
                               3018                 :                :             {
                               3019                 :                :                 /*
                               3020                 :                :                  * Stop any dead-end children and stop creating new ones.
                               3021                 :                :                  *
                               3022                 :                :                  * NB: Similar code exists in HandleFatalError(), when the
                               3023                 :                :                  * error happens in pmState > PM_WAIT_BACKENDS.
                               3024                 :                :                  */
  290 andres@anarazel.de       3025                 :            323 :                 UpdatePMState(PM_WAIT_DEAD_END);
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     3026                 :            323 :                 ConfigurePostmasterWaitSet(false);
                               3027                 :            323 :                 SignalChildren(SIGQUIT, btmask(B_DEAD_END_BACKEND));
                               3028                 :                : 
                               3029                 :                :                 /*
                               3030                 :                :                  * We already SIGQUIT'd auxiliary processes (other than
                               3031                 :                :                  * logger), if any, when we started immediate shutdown or
                               3032                 :                :                  * entered FatalError state.
                               3033                 :                :                  */
                               3034                 :                :             }
                               3035                 :                :             else
                               3036                 :                :             {
                               3037                 :                :                 /*
                               3038                 :                :                  * If we get here, we are proceeding with normal shutdown. All
                               3039                 :                :                  * the regular children are gone, and it's time to tell the
                               3040                 :                :                  * checkpointer to do a shutdown checkpoint.
                               3041                 :                :                  */
 6654 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3042         [ -  + ]:            506 :                 Assert(Shutdown > NoShutdown);
                               3043                 :                :                 /* Start the checkpointer if not running */
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     3044         [ -  + ]:            506 :                 if (CheckpointerPMChild == NULL)
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     3045                 :UBC           0 :                     CheckpointerPMChild = StartChildProcess(B_CHECKPOINTER);
                               3046                 :                :                 /* And tell it to write the shutdown checkpoint */
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     3047         [ +  - ]:CBC         506 :                 if (CheckpointerPMChild != NULL)
                               3048                 :                :                 {
  275 andres@anarazel.de       3049                 :            506 :                     signal_child(CheckpointerPMChild, SIGINT);
  290                          3050                 :            506 :                     UpdatePMState(PM_WAIT_XLOG_SHUTDOWN);
                               3051                 :                :                 }
                               3052                 :                :                 else
                               3053                 :                :                 {
                               3054                 :                :                     /*
                               3055                 :                :                      * If we failed to fork a checkpointer, just shut down.
                               3056                 :                :                      * Any required cleanup will happen at next restart. We
                               3057                 :                :                      * set FatalError so that an "abnormal shutdown" message
                               3058                 :                :                      * gets logged when we exit.
                               3059                 :                :                      *
                               3060                 :                :                      * We don't consult send_abort_for_crash here, as it's
                               3061                 :                :                      * unlikely that dumping cores would illuminate the reason
                               3062                 :                :                      * for checkpointer fork failure.
                               3063                 :                :                      *
                               3064                 :                :                      * XXX: It may be worth to introduce a different PMQUIT
                               3065                 :                :                      * value that signals that the cluster is in a bad state,
                               3066                 :                :                      * without a process having crashed. But right now this
                               3067                 :                :                      * path is very unlikely to be reached, so it isn't
                               3068                 :                :                      * obviously worthwhile adding a distinct error message in
                               3069                 :                :                      * quickdie().
                               3070                 :                :                      */
  276 andres@anarazel.de       3071                 :UBC           0 :                     HandleFatalError(PMQUIT_FOR_CRASH, false);
                               3072                 :                :                 }
                               3073                 :                :             }
                               3074                 :                :         }
                               3075                 :                :     }
                               3076                 :                : 
                               3077                 :                :     /*
                               3078                 :                :      * The state transition from PM_WAIT_XLOG_SHUTDOWN to
                               3079                 :                :      * PM_WAIT_XLOG_ARCHIVAL is in process_pm_pmsignal(), in response to
                               3080                 :                :      * PMSIGNAL_XLOG_IS_SHUTDOWN.
                               3081                 :                :      */
                               3082                 :                : 
  290 andres@anarazel.de       3083         [ +  + ]:CBC       22681 :     if (pmState == PM_WAIT_XLOG_ARCHIVAL)
                               3084                 :                :     {
                               3085                 :                :         /*
                               3086                 :                :          * PM_WAIT_XLOG_ARCHIVAL state ends when there are no children other
                               3087                 :                :          * than checkpointer, io workers and dead-end children left. There
                               3088                 :                :          * shouldn't be any regular backends left by now anyway; what we're
                               3089                 :                :          * really waiting for is for walsenders and archiver to exit.
                               3090                 :                :          */
  223                          3091         [ +  + ]:            551 :         if (CountChildren(btmask_all_except(B_CHECKPOINTER, B_IO_WORKER,
                               3092                 :                :                                             B_LOGGER, B_DEAD_END_BACKEND)) == 0)
                               3093                 :                :         {
                               3094                 :            506 :             UpdatePMState(PM_WAIT_IO_WORKERS);
                               3095                 :            506 :             SignalChildren(SIGUSR2, btmask(B_IO_WORKER));
                               3096                 :                :         }
                               3097                 :                :     }
                               3098                 :                : 
                               3099         [ +  + ]:          22681 :     if (pmState == PM_WAIT_IO_WORKERS)
                               3100                 :                :     {
                               3101                 :                :         /*
                               3102                 :                :          * PM_WAIT_IO_WORKERS state ends when there's only checkpointer and
                               3103                 :                :          * dead-end children left.
                               3104                 :                :          */
                               3105         [ +  + ]:           1981 :         if (io_worker_count == 0)
                               3106                 :                :         {
  275                          3107                 :            506 :             UpdatePMState(PM_WAIT_CHECKPOINTER);
                               3108                 :                : 
                               3109                 :                :             /*
                               3110                 :                :              * Now that the processes mentioned above are gone, tell
                               3111                 :                :              * checkpointer to shut down too. That allows checkpointer to
                               3112                 :                :              * perform some last bits of cleanup without other processes
                               3113                 :                :              * interfering.
                               3114                 :                :              */
                               3115         [ +  - ]:            506 :             if (CheckpointerPMChild != NULL)
                               3116                 :            506 :                 signal_child(CheckpointerPMChild, SIGUSR2);
                               3117                 :                :         }
                               3118                 :                :     }
                               3119                 :                : 
                               3120                 :                :     /*
                               3121                 :                :      * The state transition from PM_WAIT_CHECKPOINTER to PM_WAIT_DEAD_END is
                               3122                 :                :      * in process_pm_child_exit().
                               3123                 :                :      */
                               3124                 :                : 
 6654 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3125         [ +  + ]:          22681 :     if (pmState == PM_WAIT_DEAD_END)
                               3126                 :                :     {
                               3127                 :                :         /*
                               3128                 :                :          * PM_WAIT_DEAD_END state ends when all other children are gone except
                               3129                 :                :          * for the logger.  During normal shutdown, all that remains are
                               3130                 :                :          * dead-end backends, but in FatalError processing we jump straight
                               3131                 :                :          * here with more processes remaining.  Note that they have already
                               3132                 :                :          * been sent appropriate shutdown signals, either during a normal
                               3133                 :                :          * state transition leading up to PM_WAIT_DEAD_END, or during
                               3134                 :                :          * FatalError processing.
                               3135                 :                :          *
                               3136                 :                :          * The reason we wait is to protect against a new postmaster starting
                               3137                 :                :          * conflicting subprocesses; this isn't an ironclad protection, but it
                               3138                 :                :          * at least helps in the shutdown-and-immediately-restart scenario.
                               3139                 :                :          */
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     3140         [ +  + ]:            844 :         if (CountChildren(btmask_all_except(B_LOGGER)) == 0)
                               3141                 :                :         {
                               3142                 :                :             /* These other guys should be dead already */
                               3143         [ -  + ]:            829 :             Assert(StartupPMChild == NULL);
                               3144         [ -  + ]:            829 :             Assert(WalReceiverPMChild == NULL);
                               3145         [ -  + ]:            829 :             Assert(WalSummarizerPMChild == NULL);
                               3146         [ -  + ]:            829 :             Assert(BgWriterPMChild == NULL);
                               3147         [ -  + ]:            829 :             Assert(CheckpointerPMChild == NULL);
                               3148         [ -  + ]:            829 :             Assert(WalWriterPMChild == NULL);
                               3149         [ -  + ]:            829 :             Assert(AutoVacLauncherPMChild == NULL);
                               3150         [ -  + ]:            829 :             Assert(SlotSyncWorkerPMChild == NULL);
                               3151                 :                :             /* syslogger is not considered here */
  290 andres@anarazel.de       3152                 :            829 :             UpdatePMState(PM_NO_CHILDREN);
                               3153                 :                :         }
                               3154                 :                :     }
                               3155                 :                : 
                               3156                 :                :     /*
                               3157                 :                :      * If we've been told to shut down, we exit as soon as there are no
                               3158                 :                :      * remaining children.  If there was a crash, cleanup will occur at the
                               3159                 :                :      * next startup.  (Before PostgreSQL 8.3, we tried to recover from the
                               3160                 :                :      * crash before exiting, but that seems unwise if we are quitting because
                               3161                 :                :      * we got SIGTERM from init --- there may well not be time for recovery
                               3162                 :                :      * before init decides to SIGKILL us.)
                               3163                 :                :      *
                               3164                 :                :      * Note that the syslogger continues to run.  It will exit when it sees
                               3165                 :                :      * EOF on its input pipe, which happens when there are no more upstream
                               3166                 :                :      * processes.
                               3167                 :                :      */
 6654 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3168   [ +  +  +  + ]:          22681 :     if (Shutdown > NoShutdown && pmState == PM_NO_CHILDREN)
                               3169                 :                :     {
                               3170         [ -  + ]:            822 :         if (FatalError)
                               3171                 :                :         {
 6654 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3172         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             ereport(LOG, (errmsg("abnormal database system shutdown")));
                               3173                 :              0 :             ExitPostmaster(1);
                               3174                 :                :         }
                               3175                 :                :         else
                               3176                 :                :         {
                               3177                 :                :             /*
                               3178                 :                :              * Normal exit from the postmaster is here.  We don't need to log
                               3179                 :                :              * anything here, since the UnlinkLockFiles proc_exit callback
                               3180                 :                :              * will do so, and that should be the last user-visible action.
                               3181                 :                :              */
 6654 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3182                 :CBC         822 :             ExitPostmaster(0);
                               3183                 :                :         }
                               3184                 :                :     }
                               3185                 :                : 
                               3186                 :                :     /*
                               3187                 :                :      * If the startup process failed, or the user does not want an automatic
                               3188                 :                :      * restart after backend crashes, wait for all non-syslogger children to
                               3189                 :                :      * exit, and then exit postmaster.  We don't try to reinitialize when the
                               3190                 :                :      * startup process fails, because more than likely it will just fail again
                               3191                 :                :      * and we will keep trying forever.
                               3192                 :                :      */
 1618                          3193         [ +  + ]:          21859 :     if (pmState == PM_NO_CHILDREN)
                               3194                 :                :     {
                               3195         [ +  + ]:              7 :         if (StartupStatus == STARTUP_CRASHED)
                               3196                 :                :         {
                               3197         [ +  - ]:              3 :             ereport(LOG,
                               3198                 :                :                     (errmsg("shutting down due to startup process failure")));
                               3199                 :              3 :             ExitPostmaster(1);
                               3200                 :                :         }
                               3201         [ -  + ]:              4 :         if (!restart_after_crash)
                               3202                 :                :         {
 1618 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3203         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             ereport(LOG,
                               3204                 :                :                     (errmsg("shutting down because \"restart_after_crash\" is off")));
                               3205                 :              0 :             ExitPostmaster(1);
                               3206                 :                :         }
                               3207                 :                :     }
                               3208                 :                : 
                               3209                 :                :     /*
                               3210                 :                :      * If we need to recover from a crash, wait for all non-syslogger children
                               3211                 :                :      * to exit, then reset shmem and start the startup process.
                               3212                 :                :      */
 6654 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3213   [ +  +  +  + ]:CBC       21856 :     if (FatalError && pmState == PM_NO_CHILDREN)
                               3214                 :                :     {
                               3215         [ +  - ]:              4 :         ereport(LOG,
                               3216                 :                :                 (errmsg("all server processes terminated; reinitializing")));
                               3217                 :                : 
                               3218                 :                :         /* remove leftover temporary files after a crash */
 1684 tomas.vondra@postgre     3219         [ +  + ]:              4 :         if (remove_temp_files_after_crash)
                               3220                 :              3 :             RemovePgTempFiles();
                               3221                 :                : 
                               3222                 :                :         /* allow background workers to immediately restart */
 4191 rhaas@postgresql.org     3223                 :              4 :         ResetBackgroundWorkerCrashTimes();
                               3224                 :                : 
 6140 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3225                 :              4 :         shmem_exit(1);
                               3226                 :                : 
                               3227                 :                :         /* re-read control file into local memory */
 2962 andres@anarazel.de       3228                 :              4 :         LocalProcessControlFile(true);
                               3229                 :                : 
                               3230                 :                :         /* re-create shared memory and semaphores */
 1199 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3231                 :              4 :         CreateSharedMemoryAndSemaphores();
                               3232                 :                : 
  223 andres@anarazel.de       3233                 :              4 :         UpdatePMState(PM_STARTUP);
                               3234                 :                : 
                               3235                 :                :         /* Make sure we can perform I/O while starting up. */
                               3236                 :              4 :         maybe_adjust_io_workers();
                               3237                 :                : 
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     3238                 :              4 :         StartupPMChild = StartChildProcess(B_STARTUP);
                               3239         [ -  + ]:              4 :         Assert(StartupPMChild != NULL);
 3763 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3240                 :              4 :         StartupStatus = STARTUP_RUNNING;
                               3241                 :                :         /* crash recovery started, reset SIGKILL flag */
 4405 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     3242                 :              4 :         AbortStartTime = 0;
                               3243                 :                : 
                               3244                 :                :         /* start accepting server socket connection events again */
 1019 tmunro@postgresql.or     3245                 :              4 :         ConfigurePostmasterWaitSet(true);
                               3246                 :                :     }
 6654 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3247                 :          21856 : }
                               3248                 :                : 
                               3249                 :                : static const char *
  290 andres@anarazel.de       3250                 :            940 : pmstate_name(PMState state)
                               3251                 :                : {
                               3252                 :                : #define PM_TOSTR_CASE(sym) case sym: return #sym
                               3253   [ +  +  +  +  :            940 :     switch (state)
                                     +  +  +  +  +  
                                        +  +  +  +  
                                                 - ]
                               3254                 :                :     {
                               3255                 :             53 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(PM_INIT);
                               3256                 :            106 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(PM_STARTUP);
                               3257                 :             16 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(PM_RECOVERY);
                               3258                 :             12 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(PM_HOT_STANDBY);
                               3259                 :             99 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(PM_RUN);
                               3260                 :             76 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(PM_STOP_BACKENDS);
                               3261                 :            112 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(PM_WAIT_BACKENDS);
                               3262                 :             76 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(PM_WAIT_XLOG_SHUTDOWN);
                               3263                 :             76 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(PM_WAIT_XLOG_ARCHIVAL);
  223                          3264                 :             76 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(PM_WAIT_IO_WORKERS);
  290                          3265                 :            108 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(PM_WAIT_DEAD_END);
  275                          3266                 :             76 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(PM_WAIT_CHECKPOINTER);
  290                          3267                 :             54 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(PM_NO_CHILDREN);
                               3268                 :                :     }
                               3269                 :                : #undef PM_TOSTR_CASE
                               3270                 :                : 
  290 andres@anarazel.de       3271                 :UBC           0 :     pg_unreachable();
                               3272                 :                :     return "";                    /* silence compiler */
                               3273                 :                : }
                               3274                 :                : 
                               3275                 :                : /*
                               3276                 :                :  * Simple wrapper for updating pmState. The main reason to have this wrapper
                               3277                 :                :  * is that it makes it easy to log all state transitions.
                               3278                 :                :  */
                               3279                 :                : static void
  290 andres@anarazel.de       3280                 :CBC        7012 : UpdatePMState(PMState newState)
                               3281                 :                : {
                               3282         [ +  + ]:           7012 :     elog(DEBUG1, "updating PMState from %s to %s",
                               3283                 :                :          pmstate_name(pmState), pmstate_name(newState));
                               3284                 :           7012 :     pmState = newState;
                               3285                 :           7012 : }
                               3286                 :                : 
                               3287                 :                : /*
                               3288                 :                :  * Launch background processes after state change, or relaunch after an
                               3289                 :                :  * existing process has exited.
                               3290                 :                :  *
                               3291                 :                :  * Check the current pmState and the status of any background processes.  If
                               3292                 :                :  * there are any background processes missing that should be running in the
                               3293                 :                :  * current state, but are not, launch them.
                               3294                 :                :  */
                               3295                 :                : static void
  441 heikki.linnakangas@i     3296                 :          36551 : LaunchMissingBackgroundProcesses(void)
                               3297                 :                : {
                               3298                 :                :     /* Syslogger is active in all states */
  347                          3299   [ +  +  -  + ]:          36551 :     if (SysLoggerPMChild == NULL && Logging_collector)
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     3300                 :UBC           0 :         StartSysLogger();
                               3301                 :                : 
                               3302                 :                :     /*
                               3303                 :                :      * The number of configured workers might have changed, or a prior start
                               3304                 :                :      * of a worker might have failed. Check if we need to start/stop any
                               3305                 :                :      * workers.
                               3306                 :                :      *
                               3307                 :                :      * A config file change will always lead to this function being called, so
                               3308                 :                :      * we always will process the config change in a timely manner.
                               3309                 :                :      */
  223 andres@anarazel.de       3310                 :CBC       36551 :     maybe_adjust_io_workers();
                               3311                 :                : 
                               3312                 :                :     /*
                               3313                 :                :      * The checkpointer and the background writer are active from the start,
                               3314                 :                :      * until shutdown is initiated.
                               3315                 :                :      *
                               3316                 :                :      * (If the checkpointer is not running when we enter the
                               3317                 :                :      * PM_WAIT_XLOG_SHUTDOWN state, it is launched one more time to perform
                               3318                 :                :      * the shutdown checkpoint.  That's done in PostmasterStateMachine(), not
                               3319                 :                :      * here.)
                               3320                 :                :      */
  441 heikki.linnakangas@i     3321   [ +  +  +  + ]:          36551 :     if (pmState == PM_RUN || pmState == PM_RECOVERY ||
                               3322   [ +  +  +  + ]:           7908 :         pmState == PM_HOT_STANDBY || pmState == PM_STARTUP)
                               3323                 :                :     {
  347                          3324         [ +  + ]:          30161 :         if (CheckpointerPMChild == NULL)
                               3325                 :              4 :             CheckpointerPMChild = StartChildProcess(B_CHECKPOINTER);
                               3326         [ +  + ]:          30161 :         if (BgWriterPMChild == NULL)
                               3327                 :              4 :             BgWriterPMChild = StartChildProcess(B_BG_WRITER);
                               3328                 :                :     }
                               3329                 :                : 
                               3330                 :                :     /*
                               3331                 :                :      * WAL writer is needed only in normal operation (else we cannot be
                               3332                 :                :      * writing any new WAL).
                               3333                 :                :      */
                               3334   [ +  +  +  + ]:          36551 :     if (WalWriterPMChild == NULL && pmState == PM_RUN)
                               3335                 :            729 :         WalWriterPMChild = StartChildProcess(B_WAL_WRITER);
                               3336                 :                : 
                               3337                 :                :     /*
                               3338                 :                :      * We don't want autovacuum to run in binary upgrade mode because
                               3339                 :                :      * autovacuum might update relfrozenxid for empty tables before the
                               3340                 :                :      * physical files are put in place.
                               3341                 :                :      */
                               3342   [ +  +  +  +  :          45145 :     if (!IsBinaryUpgrade && AutoVacLauncherPMChild == NULL &&
                                              +  + ]
  441                          3343         [ -  + ]:          11803 :         (AutoVacuumingActive() || start_autovac_launcher) &&
                               3344         [ +  + ]:           5385 :         pmState == PM_RUN)
                               3345                 :                :     {
  347                          3346                 :            605 :         AutoVacLauncherPMChild = StartChildProcess(B_AUTOVAC_LAUNCHER);
                               3347         [ +  - ]:            605 :         if (AutoVacLauncherPMChild != NULL)
  441                          3348                 :            605 :             start_autovac_launcher = false; /* signal processed */
                               3349                 :                :     }
                               3350                 :                : 
                               3351                 :                :     /*
                               3352                 :                :      * If WAL archiving is enabled always, we are allowed to start archiver
                               3353                 :                :      * even during recovery.
                               3354                 :                :      */
  347                          3355         [ +  + ]:          36551 :     if (PgArchPMChild == NULL &&
  441                          3356   [ +  +  -  +  :          35802 :         ((XLogArchivingActive() && pmState == PM_RUN) ||
                                        +  +  +  + ]
                               3357   [ +  +  -  +  :          35802 :          (XLogArchivingAlways() && (pmState == PM_RECOVERY || pmState == PM_HOT_STANDBY))) &&
                                     +  +  +  -  -  
                                           +  +  - ]
                               3358                 :             48 :         PgArchCanRestart())
  347                          3359                 :             48 :         PgArchPMChild = StartChildProcess(B_ARCHIVER);
                               3360                 :                : 
                               3361                 :                :     /*
                               3362                 :                :      * If we need to start a slot sync worker, try to do that now
                               3363                 :                :      *
                               3364                 :                :      * We allow to start the slot sync worker when we are on a hot standby,
                               3365                 :                :      * fast or immediate shutdown is not in progress, slot sync parameters are
                               3366                 :                :      * configured correctly, and it is the first time of worker's launch, or
                               3367                 :                :      * enough time has passed since the worker was launched last.
                               3368                 :                :      */
                               3369   [ +  +  +  + ]:          36551 :     if (SlotSyncWorkerPMChild == NULL && pmState == PM_HOT_STANDBY &&
  441                          3370   [ +  -  +  +  :           1218 :         Shutdown <= SmartShutdown && sync_replication_slots &&
                                              +  + ]
                               3371         [ +  + ]:             15 :         ValidateSlotSyncParams(LOG) && SlotSyncWorkerCanRestart())
  347                          3372                 :              4 :         SlotSyncWorkerPMChild = StartChildProcess(B_SLOTSYNC_WORKER);
                               3373                 :                : 
                               3374                 :                :     /*
                               3375                 :                :      * If we need to start a WAL receiver, try to do that now
                               3376                 :                :      *
                               3377                 :                :      * Note: if a walreceiver process is already running, it might seem that
                               3378                 :                :      * we should clear WalReceiverRequested.  However, there's a race
                               3379                 :                :      * condition if the walreceiver terminates and the startup process
                               3380                 :                :      * immediately requests a new one: it's quite possible to get the signal
                               3381                 :                :      * for the request before reaping the dead walreceiver process.  Better to
                               3382                 :                :      * risk launching an extra walreceiver than to miss launching one we need.
                               3383                 :                :      * (The walreceiver code has logic to recognize that it should go away if
                               3384                 :                :      * not needed.)
                               3385                 :                :      */
  441                          3386         [ +  + ]:          36551 :     if (WalReceiverRequested)
                               3387                 :                :     {
  347                          3388         [ +  + ]:            363 :         if (WalReceiverPMChild == NULL &&
  441                          3389   [ +  +  +  + ]:            255 :             (pmState == PM_STARTUP || pmState == PM_RECOVERY ||
                               3390         [ +  + ]:            253 :              pmState == PM_HOT_STANDBY) &&
                               3391         [ +  - ]:            223 :             Shutdown <= SmartShutdown)
                               3392                 :                :         {
  347                          3393                 :            223 :             WalReceiverPMChild = StartChildProcess(B_WAL_RECEIVER);
                               3394         [ +  - ]:            223 :             if (WalReceiverPMChild != 0)
  441                          3395                 :            223 :                 WalReceiverRequested = false;
                               3396                 :                :             /* else leave the flag set, so we'll try again later */
                               3397                 :                :         }
                               3398                 :                :     }
                               3399                 :                : 
                               3400                 :                :     /* If we need to start a WAL summarizer, try to do that now */
  347                          3401   [ +  +  +  + ]:          36551 :     if (summarize_wal && WalSummarizerPMChild == NULL &&
  441                          3402   [ +  +  +  + ]:             79 :         (pmState == PM_RUN || pmState == PM_HOT_STANDBY) &&
                               3403         [ +  - ]:             19 :         Shutdown <= SmartShutdown)
  347                          3404                 :             19 :         WalSummarizerPMChild = StartChildProcess(B_WAL_SUMMARIZER);
                               3405                 :                : 
                               3406                 :                :     /* Get other worker processes running, if needed */
  441                          3407   [ +  +  +  + ]:          36551 :     if (StartWorkerNeeded || HaveCrashedWorker)
                               3408                 :           6497 :         maybe_start_bgworkers();
                               3409                 :          36551 : }
                               3410                 :                : 
                               3411                 :                : /*
                               3412                 :                :  * Return string representation of signal.
                               3413                 :                :  *
                               3414                 :                :  * Because this is only implemented for signals we already rely on in this
                               3415                 :                :  * file we don't need to deal with unimplemented or same-numeric-value signals
                               3416                 :                :  * (as we'd e.g. have to for EWOULDBLOCK / EAGAIN).
                               3417                 :                :  */
                               3418                 :                : static const char *
  290 andres@anarazel.de       3419                 :             24 : pm_signame(int signal)
                               3420                 :                : {
                               3421                 :                : #define PM_TOSTR_CASE(sym) case sym: return #sym
                               3422   [ -  -  -  +  :             24 :     switch (signal)
                                     -  -  +  -  +  
                                                 - ]
                               3423                 :                :     {
  290 andres@anarazel.de       3424                 :UBC           0 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(SIGABRT);
                               3425                 :              0 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(SIGCHLD);
                               3426                 :              0 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(SIGHUP);
  290 andres@anarazel.de       3427                 :CBC           3 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(SIGINT);
  290 andres@anarazel.de       3428                 :UBC           0 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(SIGKILL);
                               3429                 :              0 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(SIGQUIT);
  290 andres@anarazel.de       3430                 :CBC          15 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(SIGTERM);
  290 andres@anarazel.de       3431                 :UBC           0 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(SIGUSR1);
  290 andres@anarazel.de       3432                 :CBC           6 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(SIGUSR2);
  290 andres@anarazel.de       3433                 :UBC           0 :         default:
                               3434                 :                :             /* all signals sent by postmaster should be listed here */
                               3435                 :              0 :             Assert(false);
                               3436                 :                :             return "(unknown)";
                               3437                 :                :     }
                               3438                 :                : #undef PM_TOSTR_CASE
                               3439                 :                : 
                               3440                 :                :     return "";                    /* silence compiler */
                               3441                 :                : }
                               3442                 :                : 
                               3443                 :                : /*
                               3444                 :                :  * Send a signal to a postmaster child process
                               3445                 :                :  *
                               3446                 :                :  * On systems that have setsid(), each child process sets itself up as a
                               3447                 :                :  * process group leader.  For signals that are generally interpreted in the
                               3448                 :                :  * appropriate fashion, we signal the entire process group not just the
                               3449                 :                :  * direct child process.  This allows us to, for example, SIGQUIT a blocked
                               3450                 :                :  * archive_recovery script, or SIGINT a script being run by a backend via
                               3451                 :                :  * system().
                               3452                 :                :  *
                               3453                 :                :  * There is a race condition for recently-forked children: they might not
                               3454                 :                :  * have executed setsid() yet.  So we signal the child directly as well as
                               3455                 :                :  * the group.  We assume such a child will handle the signal before trying
                               3456                 :                :  * to spawn any grandchild processes.  We also assume that signaling the
                               3457                 :                :  * child twice will not cause any problems.
                               3458                 :                :  */
                               3459                 :                : static void
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     3460                 :CBC        9409 : signal_child(PMChild *pmchild, int signal)
                               3461                 :                : {
                               3462                 :           9409 :     pid_t       pid = pmchild->pid;
                               3463                 :                : 
  290 andres@anarazel.de       3464         [ +  + ]:           9409 :     ereport(DEBUG3,
                               3465                 :                :             (errmsg_internal("sending signal %d/%s to %s process with pid %d",
                               3466                 :                :                              signal, pm_signame(signal),
                               3467                 :                :                              GetBackendTypeDesc(pmchild->bkend_type),
                               3468                 :                :                              (int) pmchild->pid)));
                               3469                 :                : 
 6915 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3470         [ -  + ]:           9409 :     if (kill(pid, signal) < 0)
 6915 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3471         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(DEBUG3, "kill(%ld,%d) failed: %m", (long) pid, signal);
                               3472                 :                : #ifdef HAVE_SETSID
 6915 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3473         [ +  + ]:CBC        9409 :     switch (signal)
                               3474                 :                :     {
                               3475                 :           5938 :         case SIGINT:
                               3476                 :                :         case SIGTERM:
                               3477                 :                :         case SIGQUIT:
                               3478                 :                :         case SIGKILL:
                               3479                 :                :         case SIGABRT:
                               3480         [ +  + ]:           5938 :             if (kill(-pid, signal) < 0)
                               3481         [ -  + ]:              2 :                 elog(DEBUG3, "kill(%ld,%d) failed: %m", (long) (-pid), signal);
                               3482                 :           5938 :             break;
                               3483                 :           3471 :         default:
                               3484                 :           3471 :             break;
                               3485                 :                :     }
                               3486                 :                : #endif
                               3487                 :           9409 : }
                               3488                 :                : 
                               3489                 :                : /*
                               3490                 :                :  * Send a signal to the targeted children.
                               3491                 :                :  */
                               3492                 :                : static bool
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     3493                 :           2805 : SignalChildren(int signal, BackendTypeMask targetMask)
                               3494                 :                : {
                               3495                 :                :     dlist_iter  iter;
 5764                          3496                 :           2805 :     bool        signaled = false;
                               3497                 :                : 
  347                          3498   [ +  -  +  + ]:          15836 :     dlist_foreach(iter, &ActiveChildList)
                               3499                 :                :     {
                               3500                 :          13031 :         PMChild    *bp = dlist_container(PMChild, elem, iter.cur);
                               3501                 :                : 
                               3502                 :                :         /*
                               3503                 :                :          * If we need to distinguish between B_BACKEND and B_WAL_SENDER, check
                               3504                 :                :          * if any B_BACKEND backends have recently announced that they are
                               3505                 :                :          * actually WAL senders.
                               3506                 :                :          */
                               3507         [ +  + ]:          13031 :         if (btmask_contains(targetMask, B_WAL_SENDER) != btmask_contains(targetMask, B_BACKEND) &&
                               3508         [ +  + ]:           6652 :             bp->bkend_type == B_BACKEND)
                               3509                 :                :         {
                               3510         [ +  + ]:            611 :             if (IsPostmasterChildWalSender(bp->child_slot))
                               3511                 :             32 :                 bp->bkend_type = B_WAL_SENDER;
                               3512                 :                :         }
                               3513                 :                : 
                               3514         [ +  + ]:          13031 :         if (!btmask_contains(targetMask, bp->bkend_type))
                               3515                 :           4689 :             continue;
                               3516                 :                : 
                               3517                 :           8342 :         signal_child(bp, signal);
 5764                          3518                 :           8342 :         signaled = true;
                               3519                 :                :     }
                               3520                 :           2805 :     return signaled;
                               3521                 :                : }
                               3522                 :                : 
                               3523                 :                : /*
                               3524                 :                :  * Send a termination signal to children.  This considers all of our children
                               3525                 :                :  * processes, except syslogger.
                               3526                 :                :  */
                               3527                 :                : static void
 4504 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     3528                 :            323 : TerminateChildren(int signal)
                               3529                 :                : {
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     3530                 :            323 :     SignalChildren(signal, btmask_all_except(B_LOGGER));
                               3531         [ +  + ]:            323 :     if (StartupPMChild != NULL)
                               3532                 :                :     {
 1071 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3533   [ -  +  -  -  :             44 :         if (signal == SIGQUIT || signal == SIGKILL || signal == SIGABRT)
                                              -  - ]
 3763                          3534                 :             44 :             StartupStatus = STARTUP_SIGNALED;
                               3535                 :                :     }
 4504 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     3536                 :            323 : }
                               3537                 :                : 
                               3538                 :                : /*
                               3539                 :                :  * BackendStartup -- start backend process
                               3540                 :                :  *
                               3541                 :                :  * returns: STATUS_ERROR if the fork failed, STATUS_OK otherwise.
                               3542                 :                :  *
                               3543                 :                :  * Note: if you change this code, also consider StartAutovacuumWorker and
                               3544                 :                :  * StartBackgroundWorker.
                               3545                 :                :  */
                               3546                 :                : static int
  594 heikki.linnakangas@i     3547                 :          12792 : BackendStartup(ClientSocket *client_sock)
                               3548                 :                : {
  347                          3549                 :          12792 :     PMChild    *bn = NULL;
                               3550                 :                :     pid_t       pid;
                               3551                 :                :     BackendStartupData startup_data;
                               3552                 :                :     CAC_state   cac;
                               3553                 :                : 
                               3554                 :                :     /*
                               3555                 :                :      * Capture time that Postmaster got a socket from accept (for logging
                               3556                 :                :      * connection establishment and setup total duration).
                               3557                 :                :      */
  229 melanieplageman@gmai     3558                 :          12792 :     startup_data.socket_created = GetCurrentTimestamp();
                               3559                 :                : 
                               3560                 :                :     /*
                               3561                 :                :      * Allocate and assign the child slot.  Note we must do this before
                               3562                 :                :      * forking, so that we can handle failures (out of memory or child-process
                               3563                 :                :      * slots) cleanly.
                               3564                 :                :      */
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     3565                 :          12792 :     cac = canAcceptConnections(B_BACKEND);
                               3566         [ +  + ]:          12792 :     if (cac == CAC_OK)
                               3567                 :                :     {
                               3568                 :                :         /* Can change later to B_WAL_SENDER */
                               3569                 :          12505 :         bn = AssignPostmasterChildSlot(B_BACKEND);
                               3570         [ +  + ]:          12505 :         if (!bn)
                               3571                 :                :         {
                               3572                 :                :             /*
                               3573                 :                :              * Too many regular child processes; launch a dead-end child
                               3574                 :                :              * process instead.
                               3575                 :                :              */
                               3576                 :             28 :             cac = CAC_TOOMANY;
                               3577                 :                :         }
                               3578                 :                :     }
 8772 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3579         [ +  + ]:          12792 :     if (!bn)
                               3580                 :                :     {
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     3581                 :            315 :         bn = AllocDeadEndChild();
                               3582         [ -  + ]:            315 :         if (!bn)
                               3583                 :                :         {
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     3584         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             ereport(LOG,
                               3585                 :                :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
                               3586                 :                :                      errmsg("out of memory")));
                               3587                 :              0 :             return STATUS_ERROR;
                               3588                 :                :         }
                               3589                 :                :     }
                               3590                 :                : 
                               3591                 :                :     /* Pass down canAcceptConnections state */
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     3592                 :CBC       12792 :     startup_data.canAcceptConnections = cac;
  443                          3593                 :          12792 :     bn->rw = NULL;
                               3594                 :                : 
                               3595                 :                :     /* Hasn't asked to be notified about any bgworkers yet */
 4443 rhaas@postgresql.org     3596                 :          12792 :     bn->bgworker_notify = false;
                               3597                 :                : 
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     3598                 :          12792 :     pid = postmaster_child_launch(bn->bkend_type, bn->child_slot,
                               3599                 :                :                                   &startup_data, sizeof(startup_data),
                               3600                 :                :                                   client_sock);
10277 bruce@momjian.us         3601         [ -  + ]:          12792 :     if (pid < 0)
                               3602                 :                :     {
                               3603                 :                :         /* in parent, fork failed */
 8695 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3604                 :UBC           0 :         int         save_errno = errno;
                               3605                 :                : 
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     3606                 :              0 :         (void) ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(bn);
 8133 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3607                 :              0 :         errno = save_errno;
                               3608         [ #  # ]:              0 :         ereport(LOG,
                               3609                 :                :                 (errmsg("could not fork new process for connection: %m")));
  594 heikki.linnakangas@i     3610                 :              0 :         report_fork_failure_to_client(client_sock, save_errno);
 9918 bruce@momjian.us         3611                 :              0 :         return STATUS_ERROR;
                               3612                 :                :     }
                               3613                 :                : 
                               3614                 :                :     /* in parent, successful fork */
 8112 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3615         [ +  + ]:CBC       12792 :     ereport(DEBUG2,
                               3616                 :                :             (errmsg_internal("forked new %s, pid=%d socket=%d",
                               3617                 :                :                              GetBackendTypeDesc(bn->bkend_type),
                               3618                 :                :                              (int) pid, (int) client_sock->sock)));
                               3619                 :                : 
                               3620                 :                :     /*
                               3621                 :                :      * Everything's been successful, it's safe to add this backend to our list
                               3622                 :                :      * of backends.
                               3623                 :                :      */
10277 bruce@momjian.us         3624                 :          12792 :     bn->pid = pid;
 9918                          3625                 :          12792 :     return STATUS_OK;
                               3626                 :                : }
                               3627                 :                : 
                               3628                 :                : /*
                               3629                 :                :  * Try to report backend fork() failure to client before we close the
                               3630                 :                :  * connection.  Since we do not care to risk blocking the postmaster on
                               3631                 :                :  * this connection, we set the connection to non-blocking and try only once.
                               3632                 :                :  *
                               3633                 :                :  * This is grungy special-purpose code; we cannot use backend libpq since
                               3634                 :                :  * it's not up and running.
                               3635                 :                :  */
                               3636                 :                : static void
  594 heikki.linnakangas@i     3637                 :UBC           0 : report_fork_failure_to_client(ClientSocket *client_sock, int errnum)
                               3638                 :                : {
                               3639                 :                :     char        buffer[1000];
                               3640                 :                :     int         rc;
                               3641                 :                : 
                               3642                 :                :     /* Format the error message packet (always V2 protocol) */
 8695 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3643                 :              0 :     snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "E%s%s\n",
                               3644                 :                :              _("could not fork new process for connection: "),
                               3645                 :                :              strerror(errnum));
                               3646                 :                : 
                               3647                 :                :     /* Set port to non-blocking.  Don't do send() if this fails */
  594 heikki.linnakangas@i     3648         [ #  # ]:              0 :     if (!pg_set_noblock(client_sock->sock))
 8695 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3649                 :              0 :         return;
                               3650                 :                : 
                               3651                 :                :     /* We'll retry after EINTR, but ignore all other failures */
                               3652                 :                :     do
                               3653                 :                :     {
  594 heikki.linnakangas@i     3654                 :              0 :         rc = send(client_sock->sock, buffer, strlen(buffer) + 1, 0);
 7043 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3655   [ #  #  #  # ]:              0 :     } while (rc < 0 && errno == EINTR);
                               3656                 :                : }
                               3657                 :                : 
                               3658                 :                : /*
                               3659                 :                :  * ExitPostmaster -- cleanup
                               3660                 :                :  *
                               3661                 :                :  * Do NOT call exit() directly --- always go through here!
                               3662                 :                :  */
                               3663                 :                : static void
10702 scrappy@hub.org          3664                 :CBC         827 : ExitPostmaster(int status)
                               3665                 :                : {
                               3666                 :                : #ifdef HAVE_PTHREAD_IS_THREADED_NP
                               3667                 :                : 
                               3668                 :                :     /*
                               3669                 :                :      * There is no known cause for a postmaster to become multithreaded after
                               3670                 :                :      * startup.  However, we might reach here via an error exit before
                               3671                 :                :      * reaching the test in PostmasterMain, so provide the same hint as there.
                               3672                 :                :      * This message uses LOG level, because an unclean shutdown at this point
                               3673                 :                :      * would usually not look much different from a clean shutdown.
                               3674                 :                :      */
                               3675                 :                :     if (pthread_is_threaded_np() != 0)
                               3676                 :                :         ereport(LOG,
                               3677                 :                :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                               3678                 :                :                  errmsg("postmaster became multithreaded"),
                               3679                 :                :                  errhint("Set the LC_ALL environment variable to a valid locale.")));
                               3680                 :                : #endif
                               3681                 :                : 
                               3682                 :                :     /* should cleanup shared memory and kill all backends */
                               3683                 :                : 
                               3684                 :                :     /*
                               3685                 :                :      * Not sure of the semantics here.  When the Postmaster dies, should the
                               3686                 :                :      * backends all be killed? probably not.
                               3687                 :                :      *
                               3688                 :                :      * MUST     -- vadim 05-10-1999
                               3689                 :                :      */
                               3690                 :                : 
 9984 bruce@momjian.us         3691                 :            827 :     proc_exit(status);
                               3692                 :                : }
                               3693                 :                : 
                               3694                 :                : /*
                               3695                 :                :  * Handle pmsignal conditions representing requests from backends,
                               3696                 :                :  * and check for promote and logrotate requests from pg_ctl.
                               3697                 :                :  */
                               3698                 :                : static void
 1019 tmunro@postgresql.or     3699                 :           3501 : process_pm_pmsignal(void)
                               3700                 :                : {
  275 andres@anarazel.de       3701                 :           3501 :     bool        request_state_update = false;
                               3702                 :                : 
 1019 tmunro@postgresql.or     3703                 :           3501 :     pending_pm_pmsignal = false;
                               3704                 :                : 
                               3705         [ +  + ]:           3501 :     ereport(DEBUG2,
                               3706                 :                :             (errmsg_internal("postmaster received pmsignal signal")));
                               3707                 :                : 
                               3708                 :                :     /*
                               3709                 :                :      * RECOVERY_STARTED and BEGIN_HOT_STANDBY signals are ignored in
                               3710                 :                :      * unexpected states. If the startup process quickly starts up, completes
                               3711                 :                :      * recovery, exits, we might process the death of the startup process
                               3712                 :                :      * first. We don't want to go back to recovery in that case.
                               3713                 :                :      */
 6090 heikki.linnakangas@i     3714         [ +  + ]:           3501 :     if (CheckPostmasterSignal(PMSIGNAL_RECOVERY_STARTED) &&
 4723 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3715   [ +  -  +  - ]:            239 :         pmState == PM_STARTUP && Shutdown == NoShutdown)
                               3716                 :                :     {
                               3717                 :                :         /* WAL redo has started. We're out of reinitialization. */
 6090 heikki.linnakangas@i     3718                 :            239 :         FatalError = false;
 2254 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3719                 :            239 :         AbortStartTime = 0;
  208 fujii@postgresql.org     3720                 :            239 :         reachedConsistency = false;
                               3721                 :                : 
                               3722                 :                :         /*
                               3723                 :                :          * Start the archiver if we're responsible for (re-)archiving received
                               3724                 :                :          * files.
                               3725                 :                :          */
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     3726         [ -  + ]:            239 :         Assert(PgArchPMChild == NULL);
 3790 fujii@postgresql.org     3727   [ +  +  -  +  :            239 :         if (XLogArchivingAlways())
                                              +  + ]
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     3728                 :              3 :             PgArchPMChild = StartChildProcess(B_ARCHIVER);
                               3729                 :                : 
                               3730                 :                :         /*
                               3731                 :                :          * If we aren't planning to enter hot standby mode later, treat
                               3732                 :                :          * RECOVERY_STARTED as meaning we're out of startup, and report status
                               3733                 :                :          * accordingly.
                               3734                 :                :          */
 3632 peter_e@gmx.net          3735         [ +  + ]:            239 :         if (!EnableHotStandby)
                               3736                 :                :         {
 3043 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3737                 :              2 :             AddToDataDirLockFile(LOCK_FILE_LINE_PM_STATUS, PM_STATUS_STANDBY);
                               3738                 :                : #ifdef USE_SYSTEMD
 3632 peter_e@gmx.net          3739                 :              2 :             sd_notify(0, "READY=1");
                               3740                 :                : #endif
                               3741                 :                :         }
                               3742                 :                : 
  290 andres@anarazel.de       3743                 :            239 :         UpdatePMState(PM_RECOVERY);
                               3744                 :                :     }
                               3745                 :                : 
  208 fujii@postgresql.org     3746         [ +  + ]:           3501 :     if (CheckPostmasterSignal(PMSIGNAL_RECOVERY_CONSISTENT) &&
 4723 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3747   [ +  -  +  - ]:            153 :         pmState == PM_RECOVERY && Shutdown == NoShutdown)
                               3748                 :                :     {
  208 fujii@postgresql.org     3749                 :            153 :         reachedConsistency = true;
                               3750                 :                :     }
                               3751                 :                : 
                               3752         [ +  + ]:           3501 :     if (CheckPostmasterSignal(PMSIGNAL_BEGIN_HOT_STANDBY) &&
                               3753   [ +  -  +  - ]:            145 :         (pmState == PM_RECOVERY && Shutdown == NoShutdown))
                               3754                 :                :     {
 5791 simon@2ndQuadrant.co     3755         [ +  - ]:            145 :         ereport(LOG,
                               3756                 :                :                 (errmsg("database system is ready to accept read-only connections")));
                               3757                 :                : 
                               3758                 :                :         /* Report status */
 3043 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3759                 :            145 :         AddToDataDirLockFile(LOCK_FILE_LINE_PM_STATUS, PM_STATUS_READY);
                               3760                 :                : #ifdef USE_SYSTEMD
 3632 peter_e@gmx.net          3761                 :            145 :         sd_notify(0, "READY=1");
                               3762                 :                : #endif
                               3763                 :                : 
  290 andres@anarazel.de       3764                 :            145 :         UpdatePMState(PM_HOT_STANDBY);
 1300 sfrost@snowman.net       3765                 :            145 :         connsAllowed = true;
                               3766                 :                : 
                               3767                 :                :         /* Some workers may be scheduled to start now */
 4041 rhaas@postgresql.org     3768                 :            145 :         StartWorkerNeeded = true;
                               3769                 :                :     }
                               3770                 :                : 
                               3771                 :                :     /* Process background worker state changes. */
 1768 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3772         [ +  + ]:           3501 :     if (CheckPostmasterSignal(PMSIGNAL_BACKGROUND_WORKER_CHANGE))
                               3773                 :                :     {
                               3774                 :                :         /* Accept new worker requests only if not stopping. */
                               3775                 :           1236 :         BackgroundWorkerStateChange(pmState < PM_STOP_BACKENDS);
                               3776                 :           1236 :         StartWorkerNeeded = true;
                               3777                 :                :     }
                               3778                 :                : 
                               3779                 :                :     /* Tell syslogger to rotate logfile if requested */
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     3780         [ +  + ]:           3501 :     if (SysLoggerPMChild != NULL)
                               3781                 :                :     {
 2613 akorotkov@postgresql     3782         [ +  + ]:              2 :         if (CheckLogrotateSignal())
                               3783                 :                :         {
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     3784                 :              1 :             signal_child(SysLoggerPMChild, SIGUSR1);
 2613 akorotkov@postgresql     3785                 :              1 :             RemoveLogrotateSignalFiles();
                               3786                 :                :         }
                               3787         [ -  + ]:              1 :         else if (CheckPostmasterSignal(PMSIGNAL_ROTATE_LOGFILE))
                               3788                 :                :         {
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     3789                 :UBC           0 :             signal_child(SysLoggerPMChild, SIGUSR1);
                               3790                 :                :         }
                               3791                 :                :     }
                               3792                 :                : 
 4723 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3793         [ -  + ]:CBC        3501 :     if (CheckPostmasterSignal(PMSIGNAL_START_AUTOVAC_LAUNCHER) &&
 1900 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3794   [ #  #  #  # ]:UBC           0 :         Shutdown <= SmartShutdown && pmState < PM_STOP_BACKENDS)
                               3795                 :                :     {
                               3796                 :                :         /*
                               3797                 :                :          * Start one iteration of the autovacuum daemon, even if autovacuuming
                               3798                 :                :          * is nominally not enabled.  This is so we can have an active defense
                               3799                 :                :          * against transaction ID wraparound.  We set a flag for the main loop
                               3800                 :                :          * to do it rather than trying to do it here --- this is because the
                               3801                 :                :          * autovac process itself may send the signal, and we want to handle
                               3802                 :                :          * that by launching another iteration as soon as the current one
                               3803                 :                :          * completes.
                               3804                 :                :          */
 6829 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     3805                 :              0 :         start_autovac_launcher = true;
                               3806                 :                :     }
                               3807                 :                : 
 4723 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3808         [ +  + ]:CBC        3501 :     if (CheckPostmasterSignal(PMSIGNAL_START_AUTOVAC_WORKER) &&
 1900                          3809   [ +  -  +  - ]:             34 :         Shutdown <= SmartShutdown && pmState < PM_STOP_BACKENDS)
                               3810                 :                :     {
                               3811                 :                :         /* The autovacuum launcher wants us to start a worker process. */
 6829 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     3812                 :             34 :         StartAutovacuumWorker();
                               3813                 :                :     }
                               3814                 :                : 
 3045 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3815         [ +  + ]:           3501 :     if (CheckPostmasterSignal(PMSIGNAL_START_WALRECEIVER))
                               3816                 :                :     {
                               3817                 :                :         /* Startup Process wants us to start the walreceiver process. */
                               3818                 :            231 :         WalReceiverRequested = true;
                               3819                 :                :     }
                               3820                 :                : 
  275 andres@anarazel.de       3821         [ +  + ]:           3501 :     if (CheckPostmasterSignal(PMSIGNAL_XLOG_IS_SHUTDOWN))
                               3822                 :                :     {
                               3823                 :                :         /* Checkpointer completed the shutdown checkpoint */
                               3824         [ +  - ]:            506 :         if (pmState == PM_WAIT_XLOG_SHUTDOWN)
                               3825                 :                :         {
                               3826                 :                :             /*
                               3827                 :                :              * If we have an archiver subprocess, tell it to do a last archive
                               3828                 :                :              * cycle and quit. Likewise, if we have walsender processes, tell
                               3829                 :                :              * them to send any remaining WAL and quit.
                               3830                 :                :              */
                               3831         [ -  + ]:            506 :             Assert(Shutdown > NoShutdown);
                               3832                 :                : 
                               3833                 :                :             /* Waken archiver for the last time */
                               3834         [ +  + ]:            506 :             if (PgArchPMChild != NULL)
                               3835                 :             13 :                 signal_child(PgArchPMChild, SIGUSR2);
                               3836                 :                : 
                               3837                 :                :             /*
                               3838                 :                :              * Waken walsenders for the last time. No regular backends should
                               3839                 :                :              * be around anymore.
                               3840                 :                :              */
                               3841                 :            506 :             SignalChildren(SIGUSR2, btmask(B_WAL_SENDER));
                               3842                 :                : 
                               3843                 :            506 :             UpdatePMState(PM_WAIT_XLOG_ARCHIVAL);
                               3844                 :                :         }
  275 andres@anarazel.de       3845   [ #  #  #  # ]:UBC           0 :         else if (!FatalError && Shutdown != ImmediateShutdown)
                               3846                 :                :         {
                               3847                 :                :             /*
                               3848                 :                :              * Checkpointer only ought to perform the shutdown checkpoint
                               3849                 :                :              * during shutdown.  If somehow checkpointer did so in another
                               3850                 :                :              * situation, we have no choice but to crash-restart.
                               3851                 :                :              *
                               3852                 :                :              * It's possible however that we get PMSIGNAL_XLOG_IS_SHUTDOWN
                               3853                 :                :              * outside of PM_WAIT_XLOG_SHUTDOWN if an orderly shutdown was
                               3854                 :                :              * "interrupted" by a crash or an immediate shutdown.
                               3855                 :                :              */
                               3856         [ #  # ]:              0 :             ereport(LOG,
                               3857                 :                :                     (errmsg("WAL was shut down unexpectedly")));
                               3858                 :                : 
                               3859                 :                :             /*
                               3860                 :                :              * Doesn't seem likely to help to take send_abort_for_crash into
                               3861                 :                :              * account here.
                               3862                 :                :              */
                               3863                 :              0 :             HandleFatalError(PMQUIT_FOR_CRASH, false);
                               3864                 :                :         }
                               3865                 :                : 
                               3866                 :                :         /*
                               3867                 :                :          * Need to run PostmasterStateMachine() to check if we already can go
                               3868                 :                :          * to the next state.
                               3869                 :                :          */
  275 andres@anarazel.de       3870                 :CBC         506 :         request_state_update = true;
                               3871                 :                :     }
                               3872                 :                : 
                               3873                 :                :     /*
                               3874                 :                :      * Try to advance postmaster's state machine, if a child requests it.
                               3875                 :                :      */
                               3876         [ +  + ]:           3501 :     if (CheckPostmasterSignal(PMSIGNAL_ADVANCE_STATE_MACHINE))
                               3877                 :                :     {
                               3878                 :           1167 :         request_state_update = true;
                               3879                 :                :     }
                               3880                 :                : 
                               3881                 :                :     /*
                               3882                 :                :      * Be careful about the order of this action relative to this function's
                               3883                 :                :      * other actions.  Generally, this should be after other actions, in case
                               3884                 :                :      * they have effects PostmasterStateMachine would need to know about.
                               3885                 :                :      * However, we should do it before the CheckPromoteSignal step, which
                               3886                 :                :      * cannot have any (immediate) effect on the state machine, but does
                               3887                 :                :      * depend on what state we're in now.
                               3888                 :                :      */
                               3889         [ +  + ]:           3501 :     if (request_state_update)
                               3890                 :                :     {
 5321 rhaas@postgresql.org     3891                 :           1673 :         PostmasterStateMachine();
                               3892                 :                :     }
                               3893                 :                : 
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     3894         [ +  + ]:           3501 :     if (StartupPMChild != NULL &&
 5368 rhaas@postgresql.org     3895   [ +  +  +  + ]:            576 :         (pmState == PM_STARTUP || pmState == PM_RECOVERY ||
 1900 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3896   [ +  +  +  + ]:            931 :          pmState == PM_HOT_STANDBY) &&
 2378                          3897                 :            574 :         CheckPromoteSignal())
                               3898                 :                :     {
                               3899                 :                :         /*
                               3900                 :                :          * Tell startup process to finish recovery.
                               3901                 :                :          *
                               3902                 :                :          * Leave the promote signal file in place and let the Startup process
                               3903                 :                :          * do the unlink.
                               3904                 :                :          */
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     3905                 :             41 :         signal_child(StartupPMChild, SIGUSR2);
                               3906                 :                :     }
 8994 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3907                 :           3501 : }
                               3908                 :                : 
                               3909                 :                : /*
                               3910                 :                :  * Dummy signal handler
                               3911                 :                :  *
                               3912                 :                :  * We use this for signals that we don't actually use in the postmaster,
                               3913                 :                :  * but we do use in backends.  If we were to SIG_IGN such signals in the
                               3914                 :                :  * postmaster, then a newly started backend might drop a signal that arrives
                               3915                 :                :  * before it's able to reconfigure its signal processing.  (See notes in
                               3916                 :                :  * tcop/postgres.c.)
                               3917                 :                :  */
                               3918                 :                : static void
 8758 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3919                 :UBC           0 : dummy_handler(SIGNAL_ARGS)
                               3920                 :                : {
                               3921                 :              0 : }
                               3922                 :                : 
                               3923                 :                : /*
                               3924                 :                :  * Count up number of child processes of specified types.
                               3925                 :                :  */
                               3926                 :                : static int
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     3927                 :CBC        6130 : CountChildren(BackendTypeMask targetMask)
                               3928                 :                : {
                               3929                 :                :     dlist_iter  iter;
 9767 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3930                 :           6130 :     int         cnt = 0;
                               3931                 :                : 
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     3932   [ +  -  +  + ]:          35852 :     dlist_foreach(iter, &ActiveChildList)
                               3933                 :                :     {
                               3934                 :          29722 :         PMChild    *bp = dlist_container(PMChild, elem, iter.cur);
                               3935                 :                : 
                               3936                 :                :         /*
                               3937                 :                :          * If we need to distinguish between B_BACKEND and B_WAL_SENDER, check
                               3938                 :                :          * if any B_BACKEND backends have recently announced that they are
                               3939                 :                :          * actually WAL senders.
                               3940                 :                :          */
                               3941         [ +  + ]:          29722 :         if (btmask_contains(targetMask, B_WAL_SENDER) != btmask_contains(targetMask, B_BACKEND) &&
                               3942         [ +  + ]:          20248 :             bp->bkend_type == B_BACKEND)
                               3943                 :                :         {
                               3944         [ -  + ]:           1094 :             if (IsPostmasterChildWalSender(bp->child_slot))
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     3945                 :UBC           0 :                 bp->bkend_type = B_WAL_SENDER;
                               3946                 :                :         }
                               3947                 :                : 
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     3948         [ +  + ]:CBC       29722 :         if (!btmask_contains(targetMask, bp->bkend_type))
                               3949                 :          14987 :             continue;
                               3950                 :                : 
                               3951         [ -  + ]:          14735 :         ereport(DEBUG4,
                               3952                 :                :                 (errmsg_internal("%s process %d is still running",
                               3953                 :                :                                  GetBackendTypeDesc(bp->bkend_type), (int) bp->pid)));
                               3954                 :                : 
 5764                          3955                 :          14735 :         cnt++;
                               3956                 :                :     }
 9767 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3957                 :           6130 :     return cnt;
                               3958                 :                : }
                               3959                 :                : 
                               3960                 :                : 
                               3961                 :                : /*
                               3962                 :                :  * StartChildProcess -- start an auxiliary process for the postmaster
                               3963                 :                :  *
                               3964                 :                :  * "type" determines what kind of child will be started.  All child types
                               3965                 :                :  * initially go to AuxiliaryProcessMain, which will handle common setup.
                               3966                 :                :  *
                               3967                 :                :  * Return value of StartChildProcess is subprocess' PMChild entry, or NULL on
                               3968                 :                :  * failure.
                               3969                 :                :  */
                               3970                 :                : static PMChild *
  602 heikki.linnakangas@i     3971                 :           6688 : StartChildProcess(BackendType type)
                               3972                 :                : {
                               3973                 :                :     PMChild    *pmchild;
                               3974                 :                :     pid_t       pid;
                               3975                 :                : 
  347                          3976                 :           6688 :     pmchild = AssignPostmasterChildSlot(type);
                               3977         [ -  + ]:           6688 :     if (!pmchild)
                               3978                 :                :     {
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     3979         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         if (type == B_AUTOVAC_WORKER)
                               3980         [ #  # ]:              0 :             ereport(LOG,
                               3981                 :                :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIGURATION_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
                               3982                 :                :                      errmsg("no slot available for new autovacuum worker process")));
                               3983                 :                :         else
                               3984                 :                :         {
                               3985                 :                :             /* shouldn't happen because we allocate enough slots */
                               3986         [ #  # ]:              0 :             elog(LOG, "no postmaster child slot available for aux process");
                               3987                 :                :         }
                               3988                 :              0 :         return NULL;
                               3989                 :                :     }
                               3990                 :                : 
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     3991                 :CBC        6688 :     pid = postmaster_child_launch(type, pmchild->child_slot, NULL, 0, NULL);
 9518 vadim4o@yahoo.com        3992         [ -  + ]:           6688 :     if (pid < 0)
                               3993                 :                :     {
                               3994                 :                :         /* in parent, fork failed */
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     3995                 :UBC           0 :         ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(pmchild);
  588                          3996         [ #  # ]:              0 :         ereport(LOG,
                               3997                 :                :                 (errmsg("could not fork \"%s\" process: %m", PostmasterChildName(type))));
                               3998                 :                : 
                               3999                 :                :         /*
                               4000                 :                :          * fork failure is fatal during startup, but there's no need to choke
                               4001                 :                :          * immediately if starting other child types fails.
                               4002                 :                :          */
  602                          4003         [ #  # ]:              0 :         if (type == B_STARTUP)
 7821 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4004                 :              0 :             ExitPostmaster(1);
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     4005                 :              0 :         return NULL;
                               4006                 :                :     }
                               4007                 :                : 
                               4008                 :                :     /* in parent, successful fork */
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     4009                 :CBC        6688 :     pmchild->pid = pid;
                               4010                 :           6688 :     return pmchild;
                               4011                 :                : }
                               4012                 :                : 
                               4013                 :                : /*
                               4014                 :                :  * StartSysLogger -- start the syslogger process
                               4015                 :                :  */
                               4016                 :                : void
                               4017                 :              1 : StartSysLogger(void)
                               4018                 :                : {
                               4019         [ -  + ]:              1 :     Assert(SysLoggerPMChild == NULL);
                               4020                 :                : 
                               4021                 :              1 :     SysLoggerPMChild = AssignPostmasterChildSlot(B_LOGGER);
                               4022         [ -  + ]:              1 :     if (!SysLoggerPMChild)
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     4023         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(PANIC, "no postmaster child slot available for syslogger");
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     4024                 :CBC           1 :     SysLoggerPMChild->pid = SysLogger_Start(SysLoggerPMChild->child_slot);
                               4025         [ -  + ]:              1 :     if (SysLoggerPMChild->pid == 0)
                               4026                 :                :     {
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     4027                 :UBC           0 :         ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(SysLoggerPMChild);
                               4028                 :              0 :         SysLoggerPMChild = NULL;
                               4029                 :                :     }
 9518 vadim4o@yahoo.com        4030                 :CBC           1 : }
                               4031                 :                : 
                               4032                 :                : /*
                               4033                 :                :  * StartAutovacuumWorker
                               4034                 :                :  *      Start an autovac worker process.
                               4035                 :                :  *
                               4036                 :                :  * This function is here because it enters the resulting PID into the
                               4037                 :                :  * postmaster's private backends list.
                               4038                 :                :  *
                               4039                 :                :  * NB -- this code very roughly matches BackendStartup.
                               4040                 :                :  */
                               4041                 :                : static void
 6829 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     4042                 :             34 : StartAutovacuumWorker(void)
                               4043                 :                : {
                               4044                 :                :     PMChild    *bn;
                               4045                 :                : 
                               4046                 :                :     /*
                               4047                 :                :      * If not in condition to run a process, don't try, but handle it like a
                               4048                 :                :      * fork failure.  This does not normally happen, since the signal is only
                               4049                 :                :      * supposed to be sent by autovacuum launcher when it's OK to do it, but
                               4050                 :                :      * we have to check to avoid race-condition problems during DB state
                               4051                 :                :      * changes.
                               4052                 :                :      */
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     4053         [ +  - ]:             34 :     if (canAcceptConnections(B_AUTOVAC_WORKER) == CAC_OK)
                               4054                 :                :     {
                               4055                 :             34 :         bn = StartChildProcess(B_AUTOVAC_WORKER);
 6654 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4056         [ +  - ]:             34 :         if (bn)
                               4057                 :                :         {
 3296 heikki.linnakangas@i     4058                 :             34 :             bn->bgworker_notify = false;
  443                          4059                 :             34 :             bn->rw = NULL;
  347                          4060                 :             34 :             return;
                               4061                 :                :         }
                               4062                 :                :         else
                               4063                 :                :         {
                               4064                 :                :             /*
                               4065                 :                :              * fork failed, fall through to report -- actual error message was
                               4066                 :                :              * logged by StartChildProcess
                               4067                 :                :              */
                               4068                 :                :         }
                               4069                 :                :     }
                               4070                 :                : 
                               4071                 :                :     /*
                               4072                 :                :      * Report the failure to the launcher, if it's running.  (If it's not, we
                               4073                 :                :      * might not even be connected to shared memory, so don't try to call
                               4074                 :                :      * AutoVacWorkerFailed.)  Note that we also need to signal it so that it
                               4075                 :                :      * responds to the condition, but we don't do that here, instead waiting
                               4076                 :                :      * for ServerLoop to do it.  This way we avoid a ping-pong signaling in
                               4077                 :                :      * quick succession between the autovac launcher and postmaster in case
                               4078                 :                :      * things get ugly.
                               4079                 :                :      */
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     4080         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :     if (AutoVacLauncherPMChild != NULL)
                               4081                 :                :     {
 6654 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4082                 :              0 :         AutoVacWorkerFailed();
 5908 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     4083                 :              0 :         avlauncher_needs_signal = true;
                               4084                 :                :     }
                               4085                 :                : }
                               4086                 :                : 
                               4087                 :                : 
                               4088                 :                : /*
                               4089                 :                :  * Create the opts file
                               4090                 :                :  */
                               4091                 :                : static bool
 7837 bruce@momjian.us         4092                 :CBC         826 : CreateOptsFile(int argc, char *argv[], char *fullprogname)
                               4093                 :                : {
                               4094                 :                :     FILE       *fp;
                               4095                 :                :     int         i;
                               4096                 :                : 
                               4097                 :                : #define OPTS_FILE   "postmaster.opts"
                               4098                 :                : 
 7420 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4099         [ -  + ]:            826 :     if ((fp = fopen(OPTS_FILE, "w")) == NULL)
                               4100                 :                :     {
 1788 peter@eisentraut.org     4101         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(LOG,
                               4102                 :                :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
                               4103                 :                :                  errmsg("could not create file \"%s\": %m", OPTS_FILE)));
 9241 peter_e@gmx.net          4104                 :              0 :         return false;
                               4105                 :                :     }
                               4106                 :                : 
 9241 peter_e@gmx.net          4107                 :CBC         826 :     fprintf(fp, "%s", fullprogname);
                               4108         [ +  + ]:           4362 :     for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
 6332 bruce@momjian.us         4109                 :           3536 :         fprintf(fp, " \"%s\"", argv[i]);
 9241 peter_e@gmx.net          4110                 :            826 :     fputs("\n", fp);
                               4111                 :                : 
 7945 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4112         [ -  + ]:            826 :     if (fclose(fp))
                               4113                 :                :     {
 1788 peter@eisentraut.org     4114         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(LOG,
                               4115                 :                :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
                               4116                 :                :                  errmsg("could not write file \"%s\": %m", OPTS_FILE)));
 9241 peter_e@gmx.net          4117                 :              0 :         return false;
                               4118                 :                :     }
                               4119                 :                : 
 9241 peter_e@gmx.net          4120                 :CBC         826 :     return true;
                               4121                 :                : }
                               4122                 :                : 
                               4123                 :                : 
                               4124                 :                : /*
                               4125                 :                :  * Start a new bgworker.
                               4126                 :                :  * Starting time conditions must have been checked already.
                               4127                 :                :  *
                               4128                 :                :  * Returns true on success, false on failure.
                               4129                 :                :  * In either case, update the RegisteredBgWorker's state appropriately.
                               4130                 :                :  *
                               4131                 :                :  * NB -- this code very roughly matches BackendStartup.
                               4132                 :                :  */
                               4133                 :                : static bool
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     4134                 :           2617 : StartBackgroundWorker(RegisteredBgWorker *rw)
                               4135                 :                : {
                               4136                 :                :     PMChild    *bn;
                               4137                 :                :     pid_t       worker_pid;
                               4138                 :                : 
 3108 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4139         [ -  + ]:           2617 :     Assert(rw->rw_pid == 0);
                               4140                 :                : 
                               4141                 :                :     /*
                               4142                 :                :      * Allocate and assign the child slot.  Note we must do this before
                               4143                 :                :      * forking, so that we can handle failures (out of memory or child-process
                               4144                 :                :      * slots) cleanly.
                               4145                 :                :      *
                               4146                 :                :      * Treat failure as though the worker had crashed.  That way, the
                               4147                 :                :      * postmaster will wait a bit before attempting to start it again; if we
                               4148                 :                :      * tried again right away, most likely we'd find ourselves hitting the
                               4149                 :                :      * same resource-exhaustion condition.
                               4150                 :                :      */
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     4151                 :           2617 :     bn = AssignPostmasterChildSlot(B_BG_WORKER);
  452                          4152         [ -  + ]:           2617 :     if (bn == NULL)
                               4153                 :                :     {
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     4154         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(LOG,
                               4155                 :                :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIGURATION_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
                               4156                 :                :                  errmsg("no slot available for new background worker process")));
 3108 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4157                 :              0 :         rw->rw_crashed_at = GetCurrentTimestamp();
                               4158                 :              0 :         return false;
                               4159                 :                :     }
  443 heikki.linnakangas@i     4160                 :CBC        2617 :     bn->rw = rw;
  347                          4161                 :           2617 :     bn->bkend_type = B_BG_WORKER;
                               4162                 :           2617 :     bn->bgworker_notify = false;
                               4163                 :                : 
 3776 rhaas@postgresql.org     4164         [ +  + ]:           2617 :     ereport(DEBUG1,
                               4165                 :                :             (errmsg_internal("starting background worker process \"%s\"",
                               4166                 :                :                              rw->rw_worker.bgw_name)));
                               4167                 :                : 
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     4168                 :           2617 :     worker_pid = postmaster_child_launch(B_BG_WORKER, bn->child_slot,
  248 peter@eisentraut.org     4169                 :           2617 :                                          &rw->rw_worker, sizeof(BackgroundWorker), NULL);
  588 heikki.linnakangas@i     4170         [ -  + ]:           2617 :     if (worker_pid == -1)
                               4171                 :                :     {
                               4172                 :                :         /* in postmaster, fork failed ... */
  588 heikki.linnakangas@i     4173         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(LOG,
                               4174                 :                :                 (errmsg("could not fork background worker process: %m")));
                               4175                 :                :         /* undo what AssignPostmasterChildSlot did */
  347                          4176                 :              0 :         ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(bn);
                               4177                 :                : 
                               4178                 :                :         /* mark entry as crashed, so we'll try again later */
  588                          4179                 :              0 :         rw->rw_crashed_at = GetCurrentTimestamp();
                               4180                 :              0 :         return false;
                               4181                 :                :     }
                               4182                 :                : 
                               4183                 :                :     /* in postmaster, fork successful ... */
  588 heikki.linnakangas@i     4184                 :CBC        2617 :     rw->rw_pid = worker_pid;
  443                          4185                 :           2617 :     bn->pid = rw->rw_pid;
  588                          4186                 :           2617 :     ReportBackgroundWorkerPID(rw);
                               4187                 :           2617 :     return true;
                               4188                 :                : }
                               4189                 :                : 
                               4190                 :                : /*
                               4191                 :                :  * Does the current postmaster state require starting a worker with the
                               4192                 :                :  * specified start_time?
                               4193                 :                :  */
                               4194                 :                : static bool
 4708 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     4195                 :           3535 : bgworker_should_start_now(BgWorkerStartTime start_time)
                               4196                 :                : {
                               4197   [ -  +  +  +  :           3535 :     switch (pmState)
                                                 - ]
                               4198                 :                :     {
 4708 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     4199                 :UBC           0 :         case PM_NO_CHILDREN:
                               4200                 :                :         case PM_WAIT_CHECKPOINTER:
                               4201                 :                :         case PM_WAIT_DEAD_END:
                               4202                 :                :         case PM_WAIT_XLOG_ARCHIVAL:
                               4203                 :                :         case PM_WAIT_XLOG_SHUTDOWN:
                               4204                 :                :         case PM_WAIT_IO_WORKERS:
                               4205                 :                :         case PM_WAIT_BACKENDS:
                               4206                 :                :         case PM_STOP_BACKENDS:
                               4207                 :              0 :             break;
                               4208                 :                : 
 4708 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     4209                 :CBC        2617 :         case PM_RUN:
                               4210         [ +  + ]:           2617 :             if (start_time == BgWorkerStart_RecoveryFinished)
                               4211                 :           1229 :                 return true;
                               4212                 :                :             /* fall through */
                               4213                 :                : 
                               4214                 :                :         case PM_HOT_STANDBY:
                               4215         [ +  + ]:           1529 :             if (start_time == BgWorkerStart_ConsistentState)
                               4216                 :           1388 :                 return true;
                               4217                 :                :             /* fall through */
                               4218                 :                : 
                               4219                 :                :         case PM_RECOVERY:
                               4220                 :                :         case PM_STARTUP:
                               4221                 :                :         case PM_INIT:
                               4222         [ -  + ]:            918 :             if (start_time == BgWorkerStart_PostmasterStart)
 4708 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     4223                 :UBC           0 :                 return true;
                               4224                 :                :             /* fall through */
                               4225                 :                :     }
                               4226                 :                : 
 4708 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     4227                 :CBC         918 :     return false;
                               4228                 :                : }
                               4229                 :                : 
                               4230                 :                : /*
                               4231                 :                :  * If the time is right, start background worker(s).
                               4232                 :                :  *
                               4233                 :                :  * As a side effect, the bgworker control variables are set or reset
                               4234                 :                :  * depending on whether more workers may need to be started.
                               4235                 :                :  *
                               4236                 :                :  * We limit the number of workers started per call, to avoid consuming the
                               4237                 :                :  * postmaster's attention for too long when many such requests are pending.
                               4238                 :                :  * As long as StartWorkerNeeded is true, ServerLoop will not block and will
                               4239                 :                :  * call this function again after dealing with any other issues.
                               4240                 :                :  */
                               4241                 :                : static void
 3106 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4242                 :           7322 : maybe_start_bgworkers(void)
                               4243                 :                : {
                               4244                 :                : #define MAX_BGWORKERS_TO_LAUNCH 100
                               4245                 :           7322 :     int         num_launched = 0;
 4708 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     4246                 :           7322 :     TimestampTz now = 0;
                               4247                 :                :     dlist_mutable_iter iter;
                               4248                 :                : 
                               4249                 :                :     /*
                               4250                 :                :      * During crash recovery, we have no need to be called until the state
                               4251                 :                :      * transition out of recovery.
                               4252                 :                :      */
                               4253         [ -  + ]:           7322 :     if (FatalError)
                               4254                 :                :     {
 4708 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     4255                 :UBC           0 :         StartWorkerNeeded = false;
                               4256                 :              0 :         HaveCrashedWorker = false;
 3108 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4257                 :              0 :         return;
                               4258                 :                :     }
                               4259                 :                : 
                               4260                 :                :     /* Don't need to be called again unless we find a reason for it below */
 3108 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4261                 :CBC        7322 :     StartWorkerNeeded = false;
 4708 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     4262                 :           7322 :     HaveCrashedWorker = false;
                               4263                 :                : 
  444 heikki.linnakangas@i     4264   [ +  -  +  + ]:          19678 :     dlist_foreach_modify(iter, &BackgroundWorkerList)
                               4265                 :                :     {
                               4266                 :                :         RegisteredBgWorker *rw;
                               4267                 :                : 
                               4268                 :          12356 :         rw = dlist_container(RegisteredBgWorker, rw_lnode, iter.cur);
                               4269                 :                : 
                               4270                 :                :         /* ignore if already running */
 4708 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     4271         [ +  + ]:          12356 :         if (rw->rw_pid != 0)
                               4272                 :           6180 :             continue;
                               4273                 :                : 
                               4274                 :                :         /* if marked for death, clean up and remove from list */
 4392 rhaas@postgresql.org     4275         [ -  + ]:           6176 :         if (rw->rw_terminate)
                               4276                 :                :         {
  444 heikki.linnakangas@i     4277                 :UBC           0 :             ForgetBackgroundWorker(rw);
 4392 rhaas@postgresql.org     4278                 :              0 :             continue;
                               4279                 :                :         }
                               4280                 :                : 
                               4281                 :                :         /*
                               4282                 :                :          * If this worker has crashed previously, maybe it needs to be
                               4283                 :                :          * restarted (unless on registration it specified it doesn't want to
                               4284                 :                :          * be restarted at all).  Check how long ago did a crash last happen.
                               4285                 :                :          * If the last crash is too recent, don't start it right away; let it
                               4286                 :                :          * be restarted once enough time has passed.
                               4287                 :                :          */
 4708 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     4288         [ +  + ]:CBC        6176 :         if (rw->rw_crashed_at != 0)
                               4289                 :                :         {
                               4290         [ -  + ]:           2641 :             if (rw->rw_worker.bgw_restart_time == BGW_NEVER_RESTART)
 4486 rhaas@postgresql.org     4291                 :UBC           0 :             {
                               4292                 :                :                 int         notify_pid;
                               4293                 :                : 
 2882                          4294                 :              0 :                 notify_pid = rw->rw_worker.bgw_notify_pid;
                               4295                 :                : 
  444 heikki.linnakangas@i     4296                 :              0 :                 ForgetBackgroundWorker(rw);
                               4297                 :                : 
                               4298                 :                :                 /* Report worker is gone now. */
 2882 rhaas@postgresql.org     4299         [ #  # ]:              0 :                 if (notify_pid != 0)
                               4300                 :              0 :                     kill(notify_pid, SIGUSR1);
                               4301                 :                : 
 4708 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     4302                 :              0 :                 continue;
                               4303                 :                :             }
                               4304                 :                : 
                               4305                 :                :             /* read system time only when needed */
 4708 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     4306         [ +  - ]:CBC        2641 :             if (now == 0)
                               4307                 :           2641 :                 now = GetCurrentTimestamp();
                               4308                 :                : 
                               4309         [ +  - ]:           2641 :             if (!TimestampDifferenceExceeds(rw->rw_crashed_at, now,
 3050 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4310                 :           2641 :                                             rw->rw_worker.bgw_restart_time * 1000))
                               4311                 :                :             {
                               4312                 :                :                 /* Set flag to remember that we have workers to start later */
 4708 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     4313                 :           2641 :                 HaveCrashedWorker = true;
                               4314                 :           2641 :                 continue;
                               4315                 :                :             }
                               4316                 :                :         }
                               4317                 :                : 
                               4318         [ +  + ]:           3535 :         if (bgworker_should_start_now(rw->rw_worker.bgw_start_time))
                               4319                 :                :         {
                               4320                 :                :             /* reset crash time before trying to start worker */
                               4321                 :           2617 :             rw->rw_crashed_at = 0;
                               4322                 :                : 
                               4323                 :                :             /*
                               4324                 :                :              * Try to start the worker.
                               4325                 :                :              *
                               4326                 :                :              * On failure, give up processing workers for now, but set
                               4327                 :                :              * StartWorkerNeeded so we'll come back here on the next iteration
                               4328                 :                :              * of ServerLoop to try again.  (We don't want to wait, because
                               4329                 :                :              * there might be additional ready-to-run workers.)  We could set
                               4330                 :                :              * HaveCrashedWorker as well, since this worker is now marked
                               4331                 :                :              * crashed, but there's no need because the next run of this
                               4332                 :                :              * function will do that.
                               4333                 :                :              */
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     4334         [ -  + ]:           2617 :             if (!StartBackgroundWorker(rw))
                               4335                 :                :             {
 3108 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4336                 :UBC           0 :                 StartWorkerNeeded = true;
 3709 rhaas@postgresql.org     4337                 :              0 :                 return;
                               4338                 :                :             }
                               4339                 :                : 
                               4340                 :                :             /*
                               4341                 :                :              * If we've launched as many workers as allowed, quit, but have
                               4342                 :                :              * ServerLoop call us again to look for additional ready-to-run
                               4343                 :                :              * workers.  There might not be any, but we'll find out the next
                               4344                 :                :              * time we run.
                               4345                 :                :              */
 3106 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4346         [ -  + ]:CBC        2617 :             if (++num_launched >= MAX_BGWORKERS_TO_LAUNCH)
                               4347                 :                :             {
 3106 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4348                 :UBC           0 :                 StartWorkerNeeded = true;
                               4349                 :              0 :                 return;
                               4350                 :                :             }
                               4351                 :                :         }
                               4352                 :                :     }
                               4353                 :                : }
                               4354                 :                : 
                               4355                 :                : static bool
  223 andres@anarazel.de       4356                 :CBC       17979 : maybe_reap_io_worker(int pid)
                               4357                 :                : {
  107 tmunro@postgresql.or     4358         [ +  + ]:         515404 :     for (int i = 0; i < MAX_IO_WORKERS; ++i)
                               4359                 :                :     {
                               4360         [ +  + ]:         499961 :         if (io_worker_children[i] &&
                               4361         [ +  + ]:          49487 :             io_worker_children[i]->pid == pid)
                               4362                 :                :         {
                               4363                 :           2536 :             ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(io_worker_children[i]);
                               4364                 :                : 
  223 andres@anarazel.de       4365                 :           2536 :             --io_worker_count;
  107 tmunro@postgresql.or     4366                 :           2536 :             io_worker_children[i] = NULL;
  223 andres@anarazel.de       4367                 :           2536 :             return true;
                               4368                 :                :         }
                               4369                 :                :     }
                               4370                 :          15443 :     return false;
                               4371                 :                : }
                               4372                 :                : 
                               4373                 :                : /*
                               4374                 :                :  * Start or stop IO workers, to close the gap between the number of running
                               4375                 :                :  * workers and the number of configured workers.  Used to respond to change of
                               4376                 :                :  * the io_workers GUC (by increasing and decreasing the number of workers), as
                               4377                 :                :  * well as workers terminating in response to errors (by starting
                               4378                 :                :  * "replacement" workers).
                               4379                 :                :  */
                               4380                 :                : static void
                               4381                 :          39916 : maybe_adjust_io_workers(void)
                               4382                 :                : {
                               4383         [ +  + ]:          39916 :     if (!pgaio_workers_enabled())
                               4384                 :            107 :         return;
                               4385                 :                : 
                               4386                 :                :     /*
                               4387                 :                :      * If we're in final shutting down state, then we're just waiting for all
                               4388                 :                :      * processes to exit.
                               4389                 :                :      */
                               4390         [ +  + ]:          39809 :     if (pmState >= PM_WAIT_IO_WORKERS)
                               4391                 :           3620 :         return;
                               4392                 :                : 
                               4393                 :                :     /* Don't start new workers during an immediate shutdown either. */
                               4394         [ +  + ]:          36189 :     if (Shutdown >= ImmediateShutdown)
                               4395                 :           2335 :         return;
                               4396                 :                : 
                               4397                 :                :     /*
                               4398                 :                :      * Don't start new workers if we're in the shutdown phase of a crash
                               4399                 :                :      * restart. But we *do* need to start if we're already starting up again.
                               4400                 :                :      */
                               4401   [ +  +  +  + ]:          33854 :     if (FatalError && pmState >= PM_STOP_BACKENDS)
                               4402                 :             54 :         return;
                               4403                 :                : 
                               4404         [ -  + ]:          33800 :     Assert(pmState < PM_WAIT_IO_WORKERS);
                               4405                 :                : 
                               4406                 :                :     /* Not enough running? */
                               4407         [ +  + ]:          36336 :     while (io_worker_count < io_workers)
                               4408                 :                :     {
                               4409                 :                :         PMChild    *child;
                               4410                 :                :         int         i;
                               4411                 :                : 
                               4412                 :                :         /* find unused entry in io_worker_children array */
  107 tmunro@postgresql.or     4413         [ +  - ]:           5785 :         for (i = 0; i < MAX_IO_WORKERS; ++i)
                               4414                 :                :         {
                               4415         [ +  + ]:           5785 :             if (io_worker_children[i] == NULL)
  223 andres@anarazel.de       4416                 :           2536 :                 break;
                               4417                 :                :         }
  107 tmunro@postgresql.or     4418         [ -  + ]:           2536 :         if (i == MAX_IO_WORKERS)
  107 tmunro@postgresql.or     4419         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             elog(ERROR, "could not find a free IO worker slot");
                               4420                 :                : 
                               4421                 :                :         /* Try to launch one. */
  223 andres@anarazel.de       4422                 :CBC        2536 :         child = StartChildProcess(B_IO_WORKER);
                               4423         [ +  - ]:           2536 :         if (child != NULL)
                               4424                 :                :         {
  107 tmunro@postgresql.or     4425                 :           2536 :             io_worker_children[i] = child;
  223 andres@anarazel.de       4426                 :           2536 :             ++io_worker_count;
                               4427                 :                :         }
                               4428                 :                :         else
  212 andres@anarazel.de       4429                 :UBC           0 :             break;              /* try again next time */
                               4430                 :                :     }
                               4431                 :                : 
                               4432                 :                :     /* Too many running? */
  223 andres@anarazel.de       4433         [ +  + ]:CBC       33800 :     if (io_worker_count > io_workers)
                               4434                 :                :     {
                               4435                 :                :         /* ask the IO worker in the highest slot to exit */
  107 tmunro@postgresql.or     4436         [ +  - ]:           1643 :         for (int i = MAX_IO_WORKERS - 1; i >= 0; --i)
                               4437                 :                :         {
                               4438         [ +  + ]:           1643 :             if (io_worker_children[i] != NULL)
                               4439                 :                :             {
                               4440                 :            101 :                 kill(io_worker_children[i]->pid, SIGUSR2);
  223 andres@anarazel.de       4441                 :            101 :                 break;
                               4442                 :                :             }
                               4443                 :                :         }
                               4444                 :                :     }
                               4445                 :                : }
                               4446                 :                : 
                               4447                 :                : 
                               4448                 :                : /*
                               4449                 :                :  * When a backend asks to be notified about worker state changes, we
                               4450                 :                :  * set a flag in its backend entry.  The background worker machinery needs
                               4451                 :                :  * to know when such backends exit.
                               4452                 :                :  */
                               4453                 :                : bool
 4443 rhaas@postgresql.org     4454                 :           1933 : PostmasterMarkPIDForWorkerNotify(int pid)
                               4455                 :                : {
                               4456                 :                :     dlist_iter  iter;
                               4457                 :                :     PMChild    *bp;
                               4458                 :                : 
  347 heikki.linnakangas@i     4459   [ +  -  +  - ]:           4687 :     dlist_foreach(iter, &ActiveChildList)
                               4460                 :                :     {
                               4461                 :           4687 :         bp = dlist_container(PMChild, elem, iter.cur);
 4443 rhaas@postgresql.org     4462         [ +  + ]:           4687 :         if (bp->pid == pid)
                               4463                 :                :         {
                               4464                 :           1933 :             bp->bgworker_notify = true;
                               4465                 :           1933 :             return true;
                               4466                 :                :         }
                               4467                 :                :     }
 4443 rhaas@postgresql.org     4468                 :UBC           0 :     return false;
                               4469                 :                : }
                               4470                 :                : 
                               4471                 :                : #ifdef WIN32
                               4472                 :                : 
                               4473                 :                : /*
                               4474                 :                :  * Subset implementation of waitpid() for Windows.  We assume pid is -1
                               4475                 :                :  * (that is, check all child processes) and options is WNOHANG (don't wait).
                               4476                 :                :  */
                               4477                 :                : static pid_t
                               4478                 :                : waitpid(pid_t pid, int *exitstatus, int options)
                               4479                 :                : {
                               4480                 :                :     win32_deadchild_waitinfo *childinfo;
                               4481                 :                :     DWORD       exitcode;
                               4482                 :                :     DWORD       dwd;
                               4483                 :                :     ULONG_PTR   key;
                               4484                 :                :     OVERLAPPED *ovl;
                               4485                 :                : 
                               4486                 :                :     /* Try to consume one win32_deadchild_waitinfo from the queue. */
                               4487                 :                :     if (!GetQueuedCompletionStatus(win32ChildQueue, &dwd, &key, &ovl, 0))
                               4488                 :                :     {
                               4489                 :                :         errno = EAGAIN;
                               4490                 :                :         return -1;
                               4491                 :                :     }
                               4492                 :                : 
                               4493                 :                :     childinfo = (win32_deadchild_waitinfo *) key;
                               4494                 :                :     pid = childinfo->procId;
                               4495                 :                : 
                               4496                 :                :     /*
                               4497                 :                :      * Remove handle from wait - required even though it's set to wait only
                               4498                 :                :      * once
                               4499                 :                :      */
                               4500                 :                :     UnregisterWaitEx(childinfo->waitHandle, NULL);
                               4501                 :                : 
                               4502                 :                :     if (!GetExitCodeProcess(childinfo->procHandle, &exitcode))
                               4503                 :                :     {
                               4504                 :                :         /*
                               4505                 :                :          * Should never happen. Inform user and set a fixed exitcode.
                               4506                 :                :          */
                               4507                 :                :         write_stderr("could not read exit code for process\n");
                               4508                 :                :         exitcode = 255;
                               4509                 :                :     }
                               4510                 :                :     *exitstatus = exitcode;
                               4511                 :                : 
                               4512                 :                :     /*
                               4513                 :                :      * Close the process handle.  Only after this point can the PID can be
                               4514                 :                :      * recycled by the kernel.
                               4515                 :                :      */
                               4516                 :                :     CloseHandle(childinfo->procHandle);
                               4517                 :                : 
                               4518                 :                :     /*
                               4519                 :                :      * Free struct that was allocated before the call to
                               4520                 :                :      * RegisterWaitForSingleObject()
                               4521                 :                :      */
                               4522                 :                :     pfree(childinfo);
                               4523                 :                : 
                               4524                 :                :     return pid;
                               4525                 :                : }
                               4526                 :                : 
                               4527                 :                : /*
                               4528                 :                :  * Note! Code below executes on a thread pool! All operations must
                               4529                 :                :  * be thread safe! Note that elog() and friends must *not* be used.
                               4530                 :                :  */
                               4531                 :                : static void WINAPI
                               4532                 :                : pgwin32_deadchild_callback(PVOID lpParameter, BOOLEAN TimerOrWaitFired)
                               4533                 :                : {
                               4534                 :                :     /* Should never happen, since we use INFINITE as timeout value. */
                               4535                 :                :     if (TimerOrWaitFired)
                               4536                 :                :         return;
                               4537                 :                : 
                               4538                 :                :     /*
                               4539                 :                :      * Post the win32_deadchild_waitinfo object for waitpid() to deal with. If
                               4540                 :                :      * that fails, we leak the object, but we also leak a whole process and
                               4541                 :                :      * get into an unrecoverable state, so there's not much point in worrying
                               4542                 :                :      * about that.  We'd like to panic, but we can't use that infrastructure
                               4543                 :                :      * from this thread.
                               4544                 :                :      */
                               4545                 :                :     if (!PostQueuedCompletionStatus(win32ChildQueue,
                               4546                 :                :                                     0,
                               4547                 :                :                                     (ULONG_PTR) lpParameter,
                               4548                 :                :                                     NULL))
                               4549                 :                :         write_stderr("could not post child completion status\n");
                               4550                 :                : 
                               4551                 :                :     /* Queue SIGCHLD signal. */
                               4552                 :                :     pg_queue_signal(SIGCHLD);
                               4553                 :                : }
                               4554                 :                : 
                               4555                 :                : /*
                               4556                 :                :  * Queue a waiter to signal when this child dies.  The wait will be handled
                               4557                 :                :  * automatically by an operating system thread pool.  The memory and the
                               4558                 :                :  * process handle will be freed by a later call to waitpid().
                               4559                 :                :  */
                               4560                 :                : void
                               4561                 :                : pgwin32_register_deadchild_callback(HANDLE procHandle, DWORD procId)
                               4562                 :                : {
                               4563                 :                :     win32_deadchild_waitinfo *childinfo;
                               4564                 :                : 
                               4565                 :                :     childinfo = palloc(sizeof(win32_deadchild_waitinfo));
                               4566                 :                :     childinfo->procHandle = procHandle;
                               4567                 :                :     childinfo->procId = procId;
                               4568                 :                : 
                               4569                 :                :     if (!RegisterWaitForSingleObject(&childinfo->waitHandle,
                               4570                 :                :                                      procHandle,
                               4571                 :                :                                      pgwin32_deadchild_callback,
                               4572                 :                :                                      childinfo,
                               4573                 :                :                                      INFINITE,
                               4574                 :                :                                      WT_EXECUTEONLYONCE | WT_EXECUTEINWAITTHREAD))
                               4575                 :                :         ereport(FATAL,
                               4576                 :                :                 (errmsg_internal("could not register process for wait: error code %lu",
                               4577                 :                :                                  GetLastError())));
                               4578                 :                : }
                               4579                 :                : 
                               4580                 :                : #endif                          /* WIN32 */
                               4581                 :                : 
                               4582                 :                : /*
                               4583                 :                :  * Initialize one and only handle for monitoring postmaster death.
                               4584                 :                :  *
                               4585                 :                :  * Called once in the postmaster, so that child processes can subsequently
                               4586                 :                :  * monitor if their parent is dead.
                               4587                 :                :  */
                               4588                 :                : static void
 5225 heikki.linnakangas@i     4589                 :CBC         826 : InitPostmasterDeathWatchHandle(void)
                               4590                 :                : {
                               4591                 :                : #ifndef WIN32
                               4592                 :                : 
                               4593                 :                :     /*
                               4594                 :                :      * Create a pipe. Postmaster holds the write end of the pipe open
                               4595                 :                :      * (POSTMASTER_FD_OWN), and children hold the read end. Children can pass
                               4596                 :                :      * the read file descriptor to select() to wake up in case postmaster
                               4597                 :                :      * dies, or check for postmaster death with a (read() == 0). Children must
                               4598                 :                :      * close the write end as soon as possible after forking, because EOF
                               4599                 :                :      * won't be signaled in the read end until all processes have closed the
                               4600                 :                :      * write fd. That is taken care of in ClosePostmasterPorts().
                               4601                 :                :      */
                               4602         [ -  + ]:            826 :     Assert(MyProcPid == PostmasterPid);
 3111 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4603         [ -  + ]:            826 :     if (pipe(postmaster_alive_fds) < 0)
 5225 heikki.linnakangas@i     4604         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(FATAL,
                               4605                 :                :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
                               4606                 :                :                  errmsg_internal("could not create pipe to monitor postmaster death: %m")));
                               4607                 :                : 
                               4608                 :                :     /* Notify fd.c that we've eaten two FDs for the pipe. */
 2072 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4609                 :CBC         826 :     ReserveExternalFD();
                               4610                 :            826 :     ReserveExternalFD();
                               4611                 :                : 
                               4612                 :                :     /*
                               4613                 :                :      * Set O_NONBLOCK to allow testing for the fd's presence with a read()
                               4614                 :                :      * call.
                               4615                 :                :      */
 3111                          4616         [ -  + ]:            826 :     if (fcntl(postmaster_alive_fds[POSTMASTER_FD_WATCH], F_SETFL, O_NONBLOCK) == -1)
 5225 heikki.linnakangas@i     4617         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(FATAL,
                               4618                 :                :                 (errcode_for_socket_access(),
                               4619                 :                :                  errmsg_internal("could not set postmaster death monitoring pipe to nonblocking mode: %m")));
                               4620                 :                : #else
                               4621                 :                : 
                               4622                 :                :     /*
                               4623                 :                :      * On Windows, we use a process handle for the same purpose.
                               4624                 :                :      */
                               4625                 :                :     if (DuplicateHandle(GetCurrentProcess(),
                               4626                 :                :                         GetCurrentProcess(),
                               4627                 :                :                         GetCurrentProcess(),
                               4628                 :                :                         &PostmasterHandle,
                               4629                 :                :                         0,
                               4630                 :                :                         TRUE,
                               4631                 :                :                         DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS) == 0)
                               4632                 :                :         ereport(FATAL,
                               4633                 :                :                 (errmsg_internal("could not duplicate postmaster handle: error code %lu",
                               4634                 :                :                                  GetLastError())));
                               4635                 :                : #endif                          /* WIN32 */
 5225 heikki.linnakangas@i     4636                 :CBC         826 : }
        

Generated by: LCOV version 2.4-beta